Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Gambling, Resorts & Casinos / Crown Resorts Ltd

Crown Resorts Ltd

cwn · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cwn
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Gambling, Resorts & Casinos
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Crown Resorts Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Crown Limited

ANNUAL REPORT 2011

Australia’s
Integrated 
Resort
Company

Crown Limited ABN 39 125 709 953

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Thursday 27 October, 11.00am
River Room, Level 1, Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street, Southbank, Melbourne

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Record date for dividend  . . . . . .  30 September 2011 
Payment of fi nal dividend  . . . . . .  14 October 2011
Annual General Meeting  . . . . . . .  27 October 2011
2012 interim results  . . . . . . . . . .  Second half of February 2012

We continue to 
build Australia’s 
leading integrated 
resorts, attracting 
visitors from around 
the globe.

CONTENTS

1

8 

10 

12 

16 

Executive 
Chairman’s Letter

Chief Executive 
Offi cer’s Report

Portfolio of Integrated 
Resort Assets

Crown Melbourne

Burswood

20 

Melco Crown 
Entertainment

22

Aspinall’s Club

39

43

22

Other 
Investments

52

23

Sustainability 
Report

31

Corporate Governance 
Statement

67

68

Nevada Information 
Statement

Directors’ Statutory 
Report

Remuneration 
Report

Auditor’s Independence 
Declaration

Independent Auditor’s 
Report

70

Directors’ 
Declaration

71

Financial 
Report

134

Shareholder 
Information

136

Additional 
Information

137

Corporate 
Information

“ We look forward to 
working with governments 
and other stakeholders 
to build on Australia’s 
strengths as an attractive 
tourism destination.”

EXECUTIVE 
CHAIRMAN’S 
LETTER

Dear fellow shareholder,

I have pleasure in presenting Crown Limited’s 2011 Annual Report.

For the fi nancial year ended June 2011, Crown announced a net profi t of 
$335.9 million, an increase of 14.9 percent on last year, and a fi nal dividend 
of 19 cents per share, franked to 50 percent. This brings the total dividend 
for the year to 37 cents per share.

These results refl ect a mixed performance from Crown’s Australian integrated 
resorts, but a pleasing contribution from Melco Crown Entertainment in Macau. 

For some years now we have shown our confi dence in Australia, leading the way 
in investment in tourism infrastructure. Our current $2.3 billion capital expenditure 
program demonstrates our continued faith in the Australian economy, Australia’s 
appeal as a tourism destination for the Asian region and our ability to deliver 
integrated resorts of international quality.

Our Australian casinos attract signifi cant patronage from overseas, particularly 
from the Asian region. This market is becoming increasingly competitive 
as integrated resorts throughout Asia continue to receive support from their 
governments. We must remain focused on maintaining our global reputation 
for quality and service excellence. We look forward to continuing to work with 
governments at all levels and other stakeholders to build on Australia’s strengths 
as an attractive tourism destination. 

Crown has also announced its intention to conduct an on market share buy-back 
of up to 30 million of its ordinary shares. This number represents approximately 
4 percent of Crown shares currently on issue. The buy-back is expected to be 
EPS accretive and is considered to be the most appropriate use of Crown’s 
balance sheet.

In the year ahead, the primary focus will be on maximising the performance of 
Crown Melbourne and Burswood and managing the major capital expenditure 
programs currently underway at both properties. We will continue to work with 
Melco Crown Entertainment to further build the value of the business in Macau, 
a market in which Crown continues to have positive expectations.

On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank the management and staff of Crown for 
their contribution in 2011. I would also like to thank you, all our shareholders, 
for your continued support.

JAMES PACKER

Executive Chairman
Crown Limited

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

1

Hotels From premium luxury to creature 

comforts, Crown’s two Australian 
integrated resorts offer 2,300 guest 
rooms across fi ve hotels.

In 2011 the fi ve hotels operated by 
Crown had approximately one million 
bookings for guests who stay at our 
properties each year.

2

Dining With a wide range of cafes, 

casual restaurants and fi ne dining 
establishments across Crown 
Melbourne and Burswood, the 
discerning diner has a myriad 
of delicacies to choose from.

In 2011 more than 14 million 
meals were served to customers 
of Crown across more than 
90 restaurants and bars.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

3

Gaming

From the exclusive atmosphere of 
Crown’s international VIP gaming 
salons to the excitement of the 
gaming fl oor, Crown delivers an 
unparalleled gaming experience.

44

Events Whether hosting a glamorous gala 

ball, an international conference, 
a corporate event or an intimate 
celebration, Crown Melbourne’s 
and Burswood’s pre-eminent 
facilities will impress.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 
Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company
|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

55

Entertainment

Local and international guests 
alike are captivated by world-class 
entertainment from large capacity 
rock concerts to musicals, comedy 
shows, ballets and theatre.

6

Shopping

Louis Vuitton, Versace, Burberry, 
Prada, Peter Alexander, Nine West, 
Guess and G-Star are just some of 
the designer names in the wide retail 
offering across Crown’s Australian 
integrated resorts.

Crown’s collection of the world’s 
leading designers offers the ultimate 
shopping spree all under the one roof.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

7

Chief Executive Offi cer’s Report

“ On completion of the capital expenditure 
program, Crown will have created the two 
premier integrated resorts in Australia, 
which will compete with the best in 
the Asian region.”

Rowen Craigie Chief Executive Offi cer 
Crown Limited

OVERVIEW

Crown reported a normalised net profi t after tax (NPAT) 
of $340.3 million for the 12 months ended 30 June 2011. 
Crown Melbourne and Burswood achieved normalised 
revenue growth of 5.3 percent and normalised EBITDA 
growth of 1.8 percent. Crown’s operating cash fl ow was 
$451.0 million for the 12 months and net debt, excluding 
working capital cash, was $1,016.1 million at 30 June 2011.

This capital expenditure is expected to further enhance 
Crown’s position as one of the leading operators of 
integrated resorts in the region. Crown expects the 
investment in the upgrade and expansion of its Australian 
integrated resorts will be earnings and value accretive 
for shareholders.

Internationally, the results from our Macau joint venture, 
Melco Crown Entertainment, continue to improve and were 
the major contributor to the growth in NPAT for the group.

Performance for the year ended 30 June 2011 

($m)1

AUSTRALIAN CASINOS

Group revenue 

Expenditure 

EBITDA2

EBIT3

Normalised net profi t after tax

Reported net profi t

1.  Normalised, excluding signifi cant items
2.  Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
3.  Earnings before interest and tax

2,445.1

(1,780.2)

664.9

469.3

340.3

335.9

Our $2.3 billion capital expenditure program that 
started in 2007 is on track for completion by the end 
of 2013. The program involves a range of projects across 
the two Australian properties. Some of the program 
has been completed, for example the construction of 
Crown Metropol and the upgrade of hotel facilities at 
Crown Towers. Important projects are ongoing, but are 
tracking well, such as the expansion and upgrade of the 
VIP facilities at both Crown Melbourne and Burswood, 
upgrade of hotel facilities at InterContinental Perth 
Burswood and expansion of the main gaming fl oors 
at both properties.

During the year we saw some evidence in areas of 
our Australian operations of a softening in consumer 
sentiment and both properties continue to be impacted 
by complex-wide renovations. Both Crown Melbourne and 
Burswood continued to feel the impact of competition from 
the two Singapore integrated resorts. Burswood’s results 
were particularly affected by a reduction in VIP program play 
as a result of that increased competition and the fact that its 
new VIP facilities are not yet complete. Crown Melbourne 
benefi ted from the completion of some of the capital 
refurbishment projects at the property.

Across the two properties, main fl oor gaming revenue grew 
5.6 percent and VIP program play was fl at with revenue of 
$535.0 million. Non-gaming revenue grew by 10.6 percent, 
benefi ting from Crown Metropol’s fi rst full year of operation.

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Melbourne was 
$505.7 million, up 6.5 percent on the prior comparable 
period (pcp). Reported EBITDA for the period was 
$511.1 million, down 5.5 percent, or $29.6 million, 
on the pcp. This refl ected an above theoretical win rate 
of 1.37 percent, which generated a positive EBITDA 
variance of $5.4 million, compared to a positive EBITDA 
variance of $65.8 million in the pcp when the win rate 
was 1.66 percent.

8

Figure 1
(cid:42)(cid:89)(cid:86)(cid:94)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:52)(cid:76)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:89)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:89)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:90)(cid:76)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:57)(cid:76)(cid:93)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:92)(cid:76)
(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:48)(cid:59)(cid:43)(cid:40)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:89)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:76)

Figure 2
(cid:41)(cid:92)(cid:89)(cid:90)(cid:94)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:89)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:90)(cid:76)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:57)(cid:76)(cid:93)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:92)(cid:76)(cid:3)
(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:48)(cid:59)(cid:43)(cid:40)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:89)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:76)

(cid:29)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:28)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:27)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:26)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:25)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:23)

M
$
A
D
T
I
B
E
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

FY99

FY00

FY01

FY02

FY03

FY04

FY05

FY06

FY07

FY08

FY09

FY10

FY11

1800

1500

1200

900

600

300

0

M
$

e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

(cid:26)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:25)(cid:28)(cid:23)

(cid:25)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:24)(cid:28)(cid:23)

(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:23)

(cid:28)(cid:23)

(cid:23)

M
$
A
D
T
I
B
E
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

FY99

FY00

FY01

FY02

FY03

FY04

FY05

FY06

FY07

FY08

FY09

FY10

FY11

900

750

600

450

300

150

0

M
$

e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

Normalised EBITDA before Crown Ownership

Normalised EBITDA since change in Ownership

Normalised Revenue

Figures 1 and 2 show a time series of the normalised revenue and EBITDA at both Crown Melbourne and Burswood.

A more detailed report on Crown Melbourne is provided 
later in this Annual Report.

Normalised EBITDA from Burswood was $195.2 million, 
down 8.6 percent on the pcp, principally due to a decline 
in international VIP activity. Reported EBITDA for the period 
was $176.2 million, down 4.0 percent, or $7.3 million, 
on the pcp. This refl ected a below theoretical win rate 
of 1.10 percent, which generated a negative EBITDA 
variance of $19.0 million, compared to a negative EBITDA 
variance of $30.1 million in the pcp when the win rate 
was 1.08 percent.

A more detailed report on Burswood is provided later 
in this Annual Report.

MELCO CROWN ENTERTAINMENT (MCE)

MCE reported good progress during the fi nancial year. 
Crown’s share of MCE’s reported result for the year was 
an equity accounted gain of $34.9 million. Crown’s share 
of MCE’s normalised result for the period was a gain 
of $19.2 million, after adjusting for Crown’s share of an 
above theoretical win rate and pre-opening expenses.

This pleasing result is attributed to the continued improved 
operating performance at City of Dreams and signifi cant 
improvement in Altira Macau. The Macau gaming market 
as a whole has exhibited strong growth during the period. 
In the six months to June 2011, gross gaming revenues 
were up 45 percent year-on-year.

Additional information about MCE and Crown’s other 
international investments appears later in this Annual Report. 

OUTLOOK

Crown remains cautious given the general softening in 
consumer sentiment and recognises the need to carefully 
manage the continuing disruption to its customers from 
the redevelopment and refurbishment programs at our 
Australian casinos. Recent VIP program play volumes 
have been more encouraging, although variable visitation 
from South East Asian VIP customers indicates that the 
impact of the two new integrated resorts in Singapore 
continues to be felt, particularly at Burswood.

Our efforts will remain focused on enhancing Crown’s 
Australian operations. We are currently midway through our 
extensive capital expenditure program totalling $2.3 billion, 
of which approximately $800 million will be spent within 
the next three years. We will also continue to work closely 
with MCE to maintain the continued positive trend in 
the performance of MCE’s Macau businesses.

I would like to sincerely thank the Board for its support 
and to thank all management and staff for their efforts 
in 2011.

Rowen Craigie 
Chief Executive Offi cer

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio of integrated resort assets

CROWN OWNS AND OPERATES 
AUSTRALIA’S LEADING PREMIUM 
INTEGRATED RESORTS 
– CROWN ENTERTAINMENT COMPLEX 
IN MELBOURNE AND BURSWOOD 
ENTERTAINMENT COMPLEX IN PERTH.

MELBOURNE – 100% OWNED

(cid:129)  Crown Melbourne operates 2,500 gaming machines 

and has approval to operate 500 table games.

(cid:129)  Crown Towers hotel comprises 480 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Promenade hotel comprises 465 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Metropol hotel comprises 658 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Conference Centre has 7,350 square metres 
of conference and meeting facilities over three fl oors.

(cid:129)  Banqueting facilities include the Palladium’s 1,500 

seat ballroom and the Palms’ 900 seat cabaret venue.

(cid:129)  More than 70 restaurants and bars reside in the 
complex, including many of Melbourne’s fi nest.

(cid:129)  Internationally recognised designer boutiques 

and retail outlets.

(cid:129)  Entertainment facilities include a multi-screen 

cinema complex, a bowling alley and an interactive 
gaming auditorium.

10

PERTH – 100% OWNED

MACAU – 33.4% INTEREST

(cid:129)  Burswood has approval to operate 2,000 
gaming machines and 220 table games.

(cid:129)  InterContinental Perth Burswood hotel 
comprises more than 400 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Holiday Inn Burswood hotel comprises 

291 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Large scale entertainment facilities including 
the 20,000 seat Burswood Dome and 2,300 
seat Burswood Theatre.

City of Dreams

(cid:129)  Melco Crown operates approximately 1,300 

gaming machines and more than 400 table games.

(cid:129)  Crown Towers hotel comprises approximately 

300 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Hard Rock hotel comprises approximately 

300 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Grand Hyatt hotel comprises 800 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  More than 20 restaurants and bars.

(cid:129)  World-class conventions and events facilities.

(cid:129)  Wide range of retail brands.

(cid:129)  22 restaurants and bars and a nightclub.

(cid:129)  Luxury day spa and retail outlets.

(cid:129)  Iconic and spectacular show – Franco 

Dragone’s ‘The House of Dancing Water’ 
in the Theatre of Dreams.

(cid:129)  Other key attractions include The Bubble 
audio visual experience and Club Cubic.

Altira

(cid:129)  The casino and hotel features more than 220 
table games and more than 200 guest rooms.

Mocha Clubs

(cid:129)  A network of gaming lounges, operating 
approximately 1,600 gaming machines.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

11

Crown Melbourne

CROWN MELBOURNE IS A KEY 
DRIVER OF TOURISM WITHIN 
AUSTRALIA, PARTICULARLY 
IN VICTORIA, ATTRACTING 
AROUND 18 MILLION 
VISITORS ANNUALLY.

Clockwise from above:

Bistro Guillaume Crown Melbourne

Aerial view of Crown Melbourne

Crown Melbourne gaming fl oor

Crown Melbourne Lagerfi eld

12

“ Signifi cant progress has been 
made on the redevelopment 
of Crown Melbourne and the 
investment in growth capital 
expenditure is progressively 
delivering benefi ts.”

OVERVIEW

Australia’s leading integrated resort, Crown Melbourne is a 
key driver of tourism within Australia, particularly in Victoria, 
attracting around 18 million visitors annually to its 500,000 
square metre entertainment complex. The property features 
quality shopping and dining experiences, gaming options, 
live entertainment and 1,600 guest rooms ranging from 
six-star luxury to premium fi ve-star and quality four-star 
accommodation across its three hotels. Crown Melbourne 
is the state’s largest single-site private sector employer 
with more than 6,500 employees.

In the fi nancial year, normalised revenue grew by 9.9 percent. 
The growth in revenue can be attributed to completion of 
some of the capital refurbishments projects at the property 
and Crown’s strategy to source new VIP Program Play 
customers from China. Crown Melbourne generated 
normalised EBITDA growth of 6.5 percent, despite 
refurbishment disruption, an increase in gaming machine 
tax agreed with the Victorian Government and a change 
in revenue mix as a result of growth in VIP program play, 
along with an increase in its associated costs.

Main gaming fl oor revenue grew 6.1 percent for the year 
to $930.7 million refl ecting the completion of some of 
the capital refurbishments. Normalised VIP program play 
revenue increased by 15.1 percent to $418.2 million on 
record turnover of $31 billion. Non-gaming revenue grew 
14.4 percent to $365.2 million, largely benefi ting from 
Crown Metropol’s fi rst full year of operation.

CROWN MELBOURNE PROPERTY UPDATE

Signifi cant progress has been made on the redevelopment 
of Crown Melbourne. The Teak Room reopened in 
October 2010 followed by the completion of stage one 
of the extension and refurbishment of the Mahogany Room 
in December 2010. The remaining works on the Mahogany 
Room are on schedule and are expected to be completed 
by November 2011. 

Development of the Crown ‘West End’, a new gaming, 
restaurant, cafe, bar and entertainment precinct, is expected 
to be fully open by mid 2012. This new area will utilise some 
of the increase in table games granted to Crown Melbourne 
under the licence arrangements approved by the Victorian 
Parliament in 2009. Club 23, a sophisticated bar and lounge 
with private areas and a balcony overlooking the Yarra River 
and city skyline with a small number of high end gaming 
tables, including poker tables, is expected to be completed 
by November 2011. 

The addition of a number of premium restaurants and the 
development of luxury and lifestyle retail precincts have 
further boosted Crown Melbourne’s status as a leading 
integrated resort.

The refurbished Crown Towers lobby and the porte cochere 
re-opened in June 2011. The fi nal component of this work 
will be completed in the last quarter of 2011, at the same 
time as the new ground level Mahogany Room entry.

The private salons on level 39 of Crown Towers opened 
in September 2010. An exclusive experience tailored to 
Crown Melbourne’s most valued guests, the level 39 salons 
house four large private gaming rooms and offer exceptional 
personalised service within an environment of quality design 
and craftsmanship, which fi rmly positions Crown Melbourne 
as one of the world’s best VIP gaming facilities, at least the 
equal of any in the competitive Asian market.

The capital expenditure program is expected to reinforce 
Crown Melbourne’s position as a world class integrated 
resort, providing signifi cant benefi ts to the Australian and 
Victorian tourism industries. The investment in growth 
capital expenditure is progressively delivering benefi ts 
and is expected to be earnings and value accretive 
for shareholders. 

LOCAL GAMING AND SIGNATURE CLUB

A signifi cant investment in improving customer service 
commenced this year. Two thirds of Crown’s gaming 

machine product was refreshed, while the fi rst full year 
of operation for the Ticket-In Ticket-Out system was 
successful, both adding to increased customer satisfaction. 
Furthermore, in the area of table games, a new focus on 
improved customer engagement and experience has 
been implemented.

The Aussie Millions Poker Championship continues to 
be recognised as one of the top three poker events in the 
world, assuring Crown Melbourne’s place as the home of 
poker in Australasia. The event attracts a large contingent 
of international customers, with substantial interest from 
China this year.

The Crown Signature Club loyalty program continues to 
attract new customers. The changes implemented over 
a number of years, including the amalgamation of all 
programs into one Signature Club and the offers of free 
parking and invitations to ‘money can’t buy’ experiences, 
have been well received. 

VIP PROGRAM PLAY

Crown Melbourne achieved an all-time record of $31 billion 
in VIP program play turnover. While the impact of the two 
new integrated resorts in Singapore had an adverse impact, 
Crown’s strategy to source new customers from China 
helped grow the business.

The new luxury private salons on level 39 have created 
a unique environment of exceptional quality, which is proving 
extremely popular with Crown Melbourne’s VIP guests.

HOTELS, CONFERENCES AND RETAIL

The three hotels at Crown Melbourne, Crown Towers, 
Crown Metropol and Crown Promenade are achieving 
approximately 700,000 bookings for guests who stay 
at Crown Melbourne hotels each year. The number of 
international guests staying at Crown Melbourne’s hotels 
continues to increase, with numbers from China growing 
signifi cantly. This increase in hotel guests also has a major 
positive impact on the other facilities on offer at Crown.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

13

CROWN MELBOURNE CONTINUED

Crown Metropol’s fi rst full year of trading has produced 
good results, providing Crown Melbourne with signifi cant 
growth in its market share. The addition of Crown Metropol 
has enabled Crown to attract domestic and international 
conventions and conferences, many of which can be 
accommodated across the three Crown Melbourne hotels. 
Crown Metropol was awarded the Commercial Architecture 
Award at the 2010 Australian Institute of Architects Awards 
and was also named in the 2011 Conde Nast Traveller 
Hot 100 List.

Crown Towers continues to be the market leader in luxury 
hotel accommodation and was awarded the Nespresso 
Best Large Luxury Hotel at the 2010 Australian Gourmet 
Traveller Travel Awards. 

Crown Promenade consistently achieves the highest 
occupancy in its competitive set. The expanded Crown 
Conference Centre attracts a wide range of events, ranging 
from local meetings to major international conferences. 
The capacity to handle multiple large concurrent events 
provides signifi cant additional visitation to the Crown complex.

Progress on the retail master plan continues, with the 
key luxury and lifestyle precincts proceeding toward their 
desired tenant mix. The main ground fl oor retail strip is 
undergoing an upgrade of the common areas as well as 
new and relocated restaurant tenancies. Further adding 
to the luxury offering, Omega and Bvlgari are set to join 
Crown retail in the near future.

RESTAURANTS AND BARS

Spice Temple and The Waiting Room, both operated 
by Neil Perry, opened in October 2010. The Atlantic 
restaurant and the new Bistro Guillaume opened in 
the second half of the fi nancial year and are trading well. 
These establishments have received positive reviews 
since opening. The popular premium Chinese restaurant, 
Silks, closed temporarily post-Chinese New Year for 
refurbishments and reopened in July 2011 with an 
expanded menu including dishes from the Northern 
Chinese, Sichuan and Shanghai provinces. Lucky Chan 
completed its relocation in August 2011, moving to its 
new riverside location which seats 270 and includes 
three private dining areas and an outdoor seating area.

Crown Melbourne again supported the Melbourne Food 
& Wine Festival this year with the ‘Stars of Spice’ event 
featuring world-leading chefs. Specialty dining experiences, 
particularly the wine-featured dinners, including the 10th 
annual Grange dinner, along with Crown Melbourne’s 
Seafood and Prawn Celebrations, proved to be a great 
success for a number of the premium and casual 
restaurants. Additionally, a range of partnered beverage 
promotions offered an array of ‘money can’t buy’ sporting 
and travel packages.

Crown Melbourne’s restaurants continue to be recognised 
through industry-related awards. Rockpool Bar & Grill and 
Number 8 Restaurant and Wine Bar again both received 
‘2 glasses’ in the Best of Award of Excellence in the 2011 
Wine Spectator Awards and Spice Temple was awarded 
‘1 glass’. Number 8 was also highly recommended and 
awarded ‘3 glasses’ in the Gourmet Traveller Wine Awards. 

From left:

Lumia

Sho Noodle Bar

Crown Towers hotel suite

Crown Metropol pool

14

Nobu Melbourne was awarded Best Asian Restaurant 
at the 2011 Victorian Restaurant and Catering Awards 
for Excellence, while Crown Melbourne’s Banqueting and 
Events team was also recognised, winning Caterer of the 
Year and Wedding Caterer of the Year. Crown Melbourne 
was also awarded the prestigious George Mure Memorial 
Professional Award for Crown’s Food and Beverage Training 
Team, and Crown College’s training restaurant, Culinarium, 
was a fi nalist for the Best Training Restaurant.

Five of Crown Melbourne’s premium restaurants were 
awarded Chef’s Hats in The Age Good Food Guide 2012. 
Rockpool Bar & Grill received Two Hats, while Neil Perry 
also received the Professional Excellence award. One Hat 
was bestowed on The Atlantic, Bistro Guillaume, Maze and 
Spice Temple, which also received Wine List of the Year.

Rockpool Bar & Grill had signifi cant success at the 2010 
Gourmet Traveller Wine’s 2010 Australian Wine List of the 
Year Awards announced in August last year, winning Overall 
Winner of the 2010 Australia’s Wine List of the Year, Best 
Restaurant List, Best List in Victoria and The Judy Hirst 
Award, won by Sommelier David Lawler. Rockpool was 
inducted into the Hall of Fame at the 2011 Gourmet 
Traveller Wine’s 2011 awards held in August 2011.

Crown’s restaurants and bars continue to focus on the 
responsible service of alcohol (RSA) to ensure all customers 
have a positive experience. Our key objective is to provide 
a safe and pleasant environment for all patrons and staff. 
Crown remains diligent in these areas and has increased 
the number of RSA offi cers on the fl oor and has provided 
additional staff training.

ENTERTAINMENT AND EVENTS

The Palladium at Crown again hosted some of Australia’s 
most notable industry events this year including the annual 
TV Week Logie Awards, the Cricket Australia Allan Border 
Medal and the Australian Masters Golf Gala Dinner with 
special guest Tiger Woods. 

Crown Melbourne is also home to another great sporting 
tradition – the AFL Brownlow Medal. Post the end of 
the fi nancial year, Crown and the AFL announced a 
new landmark deal that secures the Brownlow Medal 
in Melbourne at The Palladium for another six years.

During the spring racing carnival, the Palladium was home 
to a number of Victoria Racing Club’s Spring Carnival 
events including the Oaks Club Ladies Lunch and the 
Call of the Card.

In conjunction with the Victoria Racing Club and its offi cial 
partners, Crown Melbourne again hosted a ‘live site’ at 
Southbank during the Melbourne Cup Carnival. An estimated 
80,000 people enjoyed live entertainment, big screen racing 
action, giveaways and the riverbank Carnival Bar.

Crown has invested heavily in the conferencing market 
with the newly developed multi-million dollar Crown 
Conference Centre playing host to some of Australia’s 
leading businesses including the Intel Summit 2011, 
Tertiary Education Management Conferences, CIPSA 
Conference, Cook Medical Conferences, the AGES Annual 
Scientifi c Meeting 2011, Telstra, NAB, Genesys Wealth, 
Intel, Foster’s, IATA and Steadfast.

The Palms and Crown Melbourne’s nightclubs Fusion 
and Co. showcased guests such as The Potbelleez, 
Jessica Mauboy, Ricki-Lee Coulter, Zoe Badwi, 
Carmen Electra and Backstreet Boys.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

15

“ Burswood is well advanced 
in its $750 million capital 
expenditure program that 
will create a property that 
can successfully compete 
against the integrated 
resorts in the Asian region.”

OVERVIEW

Burswood is a major Western Australian tourist attraction, 
drawing more than seven million visitors each year. From 
a casino, quality hotels, world-class convention centre, 
22 restaurants and bars, nightclub, 2,300 seat Lyric theatre, 
20,000 seat capacity indoor stadium, day spa and retail 
outlets, Burswood offers much to its visitors. Burswood 
is well advanced in its $750 million capital expenditure 
program that will create a property that can successfully 
compete against the integrated resorts in the Asian region. 
Burswood is the state’s largest single-site private sector 
employer, with more than 4,300 employees.

Burswood’s fi nancial results were affected by a 32.3 percent 
reduction in normalised VIP program play revenue as a 
result of increased competition from the two new integrated 
resorts in Singapore and the impact of the complex-wide 
renovations which has seen reduced visitation. Normalised 
EBITDA for Burswood was down 8.6 percent on the pcp.

Main gaming fl oor revenue increased 4.4 percent to 
$413.8 million and non-gaming revenue increased 
3.3 percent to $169.7 million for the year in an economic 
environment that continues to be challenging.

Burswood

THE OPENING OF NEW 
RESTAURANTS WILL 
ADD SIGNIFICANTLY 
TO THE FOOD AND 
BEVERAGE FACILITIES 
AT BURSWOOD.

Clockwise from above:

Nobu Perth

Aerial view of Burswood

Burswood gaming fl oor

Pearl Room

16

BURSWOOD PROPERTY UPDATE

Signifi cant progress has been made on the redevelopment 
of Burswood. Planning for the expansion of the Burswood 
gaming fl oor to accommodate new gaming product 
(250 additional electronic gaming machines, 50 additional 
tables including the installation of fully automated table 
games) is in the fi nal design stages. It is expected that 
the expansion will be completed mid-way through the 
2013 fi nancial year.

A number of new restaurants were opened at the 
property including Neil Perry’s Rockpool Bar & Grill, 
88 Noodle Bar, and most recently, the new Italian 
restaurant, Modo Mio. The Atrium Restaurant & Lobby 
Lounge at the InterContinental Perth Burswood also had 
a major refurbishment during the year. Initial customer 
response to these venues has been very positive. The new 
food court and the new Japanese restaurant, Nobu, both 
opened in the fi rst quarter of the 2012 fi nancial year and 
Bistro Guillaume by Guillaume Brahimi is set to open 
in June 2012.

InterContinental Perth Burswood’s refurbishment program 
is on schedule. Renovations to the reception and foyer 
areas, along with room refurbishments on fi ve of the levels, 
were completed during the year. The refurbishment of the 
balance of the rooms on the remaining fi ve levels is due 
for completion in mid 2012.

The construction of the sky gaming salons is in its fi nal 
stages and they are expected to open in September 2011. 
The construction of a new Infi nity Suite on level nine has 
commenced and is on schedule for completion by early 
2012. Work on the luxury villas, resort pools and tropical 
gardens is progressing and is expected to be completed 
by December 2011.

The capital expenditure undertaken in upgrading and 
expanding the Burswood resort will create a property that 
can successfully compete against the new integrated 
resorts in the Asian region, complete with new luxurious 
resort and pool facilities, as well as world-class 
entertainment, leisure, local gaming and premium 
player facilities. This investment will progressively deliver 
benefi ts and is expected to be earnings and value 
enhancing for shareholders.

LOCAL GAMING AND CLUB BURSWOOD

A number of tailored local VIP events, along with the 
launch of several new games, were introduced in the 
gaming machine area and were well received by players. 
An increase in live entertainment and prize draws during 
peak periods further improved the atmosphere on the 
main gaming fl oor, while enhanced off-peak initiatives 
encouraged increased patron visitation during weekdays. 
The launch of Burswood’s complex-wide loyalty program 
in October 2010 continued to drive membership growth 
with new Club Burswood memberships doubling 
year-on-year. The expanded loyalty program provides 
additional member benefi ts.

VIP PROGRAM PLAY

When completed, the expanded VIP offering, including 
luxury villa accommodation and the sky gaming salons, 
will enhance Burswood’s position in the international 
market as a world-class integrated resort. These initiatives, 
coupled with the existing six private gaming salons and 
luxury yacht, will provide a signifi cant point of difference 
for Burswood as one of the most customer-focused 
and luxurious international facilities in the world.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

17

BURSWOOD CONTINUED

HOTELS

RESTAURANTS AND BARS

InterContinental Perth Burswood maintained its position 
as the leading luxury hotel in Perth despite the hotel, 
lobby and surrounding restaurants undergoing extensive 
refurbishment for a signifi cant portion of the period.

An agreement to acquire the Holiday Inn Hotel and to 
restructure the relationship with InterContinental Hotels Group 
was fi nalised in July 2011. As a result of these transactions, 
Burswood will be entitled to a greater share of hotel profi ts 
which will be value creating for Crown’s shareholders.

Despite construction disruption, Burswood’s restaurants and 
bars produced year-on-year growth driven predominantly 
by the successful reopening of Atrium Restaurant and 
Lobby Lounge and the opening of 88 Noodle Bar on the 
main gaming fl oor. The newly opened Modo Mio and 
Nobu Perth, which opened their doors in September 2011, 
will add signifi cantly to the food and beverage facilities 
at Burswood.

Established bars continued to trade successfully due 
to effective promotions, value meal offers and additional 
patronage driven through entertainment events held in 
the Burswood Theatre and Dome. Additionally, on the 
main gaming fl oor, Carvers and Snax both traded well 
in their second year of operation.

Burswood’s Carbon Sports Bar was inducted into the 
Australian Hotels Association Hall of Fame as Western 
Australia’s Best Sporting Entertainment Venue and was 
also recognised at a national level, winning the same 
category nationally.

Burswood’s responsible service of alcohol initiatives were 
also rewarded with the Australian Hotels Association 
Responsible Service of Alcohol Award for Western Australia 
for the third consecutive year as well as making the 
Australian Hotels Association Hall of Fame.

From left:

(A)LURE Dining Room and Bar

Modo Mio

EVE Night Club

Carbon Sports Bar

18

The Summer Marquee performed strongly through an 
extended season and a fourth Botanical Room opened, 
replacing the Swan Room.

Major convention events at Burswood this year included 
Australian Primary Principals Association Conference, 
Rio Tinto Annual General Meeting, Western Australian 
Primary Principals Association Conference, Junior Recruit 
Re-Union, WASSRA Conference and the AMEC Conference.

Signature events hosted at the Complex this year included 
White Collar Boxing, Real Estate Institute of Western Australia 
Ball and West Coast Eagles Club Champion Awards.

Sponsorships and partnerships played a signifi cant 
role in supporting local businesses and organisations 
including being host-sponsor of the Western Australian 
& Qantas Australian National Tourism Awards, host venue 
for the WA Fashion Awards in conjunction with the Perth 
Fashion Festival and naming rights sponsor of Burswood 
International Race Day as part of the Summer racing 
carnival with Perth Racing.

ENTERTAINMENT AND EVENTS

Burswood was presented with Western Australia’s Best 
Conference and Banquets award at the Australian Hotels 
Association Awards for Excellence.

Both the Burswood Dome and Theatre hosted a range of 
major events during the fi nancial year, with approximately 
600,000 patrons in attendance across both venues.

The Dome hosted top national and international artists 
including Kylie Minogue, Rihanna, Usher, Gorillaz and 
Linkin Park. Metallica set a record attendance for their 
two performances.

The Theatre has enjoyed a record year with 188 
performances. Mamma Mia continued its successful run 
alongside multiple performances by WA Ballet, West Side 
Story, Riverdance and Billy Connolly. Broadway musical 
WICKED launched in June 2011 with a record breaking 
number of ticket sales.

Star Show package sales continued to be successful with 
several thousand dinner, accommodation and entertainment 
combinations sold via the onsite Contact Centre and 
Ticketek website.

Burswood is recognised as one of Australia’s leading 
meetings and events venues and this year focused 
on strengthening the brand with redesigned collateral, 
competitive event pricing and promotion of Burswood 
Entertainment Complex as a one-stop destination 
for all event business.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

19

Melco Crown Entertainment

“ The results from our Macau 
joint venture, Melco Crown 
Entertainment, continue to 
improve and were the major 
contributor to the growth 
in NPAT for the Group.”

This pleasing result is attributed to the continued improved 
operating performance at City of Dreams and signifi cant 
improvement in Altira Macau. The Macau gaming market 
as a whole has exhibited strong growth during the period. 
In the six months to June 2011, gross gaming revenues 
were up 45 percent year-on-year.

In July 2011, MCE completed the acquisition of 
a 60 percent equity interest in Macau Studio City, a large 
scale integrated gaming, retail and entertainment resort 
project to be developed in Macau jointly by MCE and 
New Cotai Holdings, LLC. MCE will focus on delivering 
innovative attractions based on the “Studio City” concept. 
When complete, Macau Studio City will meaningfully 
increase MCE’s presence on Cotai.

In August 2011, MCE announced that it had applied to 
the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong (SEHK) for a proposed 
dual listing of its shares and is evaluating a possible global 
offering of SEHK listed shares to local and international 
investors. The proposed dual listing, when completed, 
would put MCE on a par with its competitors and would 
provide it with additional sources of capital. The proposed 
dual listing is subject to a number of approvals, including 
SEHK approval and MCE board and shareholder approval, 
as well being subject to market conditions.

MCE has a positive outlook on the Macau market. 
In particular, The House of Dancing Water show continues 
to generate incremental visitation, consistent with the 
objective of developing the highly profi table premium 
mass market operations at City of Dreams.

Clockwise from left:

Gallery of Art, City of Dreams

Grand Hyatt hotel City of Dreams Macau

Club Cubic

Cast of The House of Dancing Water

City of Dreams Macau

CROWN HELD A 
33.4% EQUITY INTEREST 
IN MELCO CROWN 
AS AT JUNE 2011.

OVERVIEW

Crown held a 33.4 percent equity interest in Melco 
Crown Entertainment (MCE), a joint venture between 
Crown and Melco International Development Limited, 
as at 30 June 2011. MCE was listed on the NASDAQ 
in December 2006 and has two premium properties, 
City of Dreams and Altira Macau. The joint venture 
also operates Mocha Clubs.

MCE reported good progress during the fi nancial year. 
Crown’s share of MCE’s reported result for the year 
was an equity accounted gain of $34.9 million. Crown’s 
share of normalised result for the period was a gain of 
$19.2 million, after adjusting for Crown’s share of an 
above theoretical win rate and pre-opening expenses.

20

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

21

Aspinall’s Club

The Aspinall’s Club is a high-end London casino. It is one of only fi ve licensed casinos in London’s 
prime west end entertainment district. The acquisition of the Aspinall’s Club has enabled Crown 
to integrate the London operation more fully into its international VIP business while leveraging 
the sales and marketing capability of Crown’s international VIP organisation. Activity in the Club 
since Crown’s acquisition has been ahead of expectations, but at a low win rate.

Aspinall’s Club London

Other Investments

Betfair

Aspers Group 

Crown’s equity accounted share of Betfair’s loss was 
$2.5 million. The loss is primarily due to an increase in 
legal fees and product fees. Betfair has appealed to the 
High Court against the judgement of the Full Federal Court 
in its case against Racing NSW and Harness Racing NSW. 
Betfair’s appeal was heard by the High Court in August 
2011 and a decision is expected late in 2011 or early 2012.

Cannery 

During the year, Crown received the necessary regulatory 
approvals in Nevada and Pennsylvania and now holds a 
24.5 percent equity share in Cannery Casino Resorts, LLC.

The Aspers Group completed the sale of the Aspinall’s Club 
to Crown during the period. The sale has enabled the 
Aspers Group to reduce most of its external borrowings. 
During the year, the Aspers Group was successful in 
obtaining the licence for a new casino in Stratford, London, 
to be located within the new Westfi eld shopping complex, 
which is adjacent to the 2012 Olympic Games site. 
Work on the new casino is underway and it is expected 
to open in late 2011.

Tabcorp Holdings Limited and Echo Entertainment 
Group Limited

As at 30 June 2011, Crown held an economic interest in 
each of Tabcorp Holdings Limited and Echo Entertainment 
Group Limited equivalent to 4.9 percent of the issued shares 
of each company, by way of cash settled equity derivatives. 
The economic interest was acquired prior to the Tabcorp 
demerger. Crown has no current intention of increasing 
its interest in either company.

22

Sustainability Report – Our People

CROWN PLACES 
SIGNIFICANT EMPHASIS 
ON ITS CONTINUING 
COMMITMENT TO ITS 
EMPLOYEES, THE LOCAL 
COMMUNITY AND ITS 
LEADERSHIP ROLE AS 
A SUSTAINABLE 
BUSINESS PRACTICE. 

(cid:44)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:83)(cid:86)(cid:96)(cid:84)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:91)(cid:3)(cid:47)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:75)(cid:74)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:85)(cid:91)(cid:3)(cid:45)(cid:64)(cid:23)(cid:30)(cid:3)(cid:182)(cid:3)(cid:45)(cid:64)(cid:24)(cid:24)

16,000

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

13,112

13,199

13,817

12,650

11,587

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Burswood

Contractors

Tenancies

Employees

Crown Melbourne

Contractors

Tenancies

Employees

As the largest single-site private sector employer in both 
Victoria and Western Australia, Crown Limited’s focus 
on the training, development and retention of its people 
is of premium importance with Crown’s almost 11,000 
employees completing more than 370,000 hours of job 
training annually.

As a key signatory to the Australian Employment Covenant, 
which focuses on creating demand for Aboriginal 
employment, Crown Limited’s commitment to sustainable 
aboriginal employment continued to develop this year. 
Guided by dedicated employment coordinators, overall 
indigenous employee numbers have more than doubled 
over the past 12 months. Across Crown Melbourne and 
Burswood, 145 aboriginal employees have been engaged to 
work in a variety of roles, from food and beverage to security. 
Retention rates remain strong at more than 50 percent.

Crown’s Indigenous Employment Program is seen as a best 
practice model by the Australian Employment Covenant and 
GenerationOne, whose aims are to end disparity between 
indigenous and non-indigenous Australians. 

In addition to this acknowledgement, Crown Limited’s 
achievements in this area were also recognised this year 
with a national Diversity@Work 2010 Award for Employment 
and Inclusion of Indigenous Australians.

Recipient of the Victorian 
Government 2010 Employer 
of the Year Award

Recipient of the Australian 
Government 2010 Employer 
of the Year Award

Recipient of the 
Diversity@Work 
2010 Award

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

23

S USTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

CROWN MELBOURNE

BURSWOOD

In 2010, Crown Melbourne was recognised for its 
commitment to innovation in training, winning Employer 
of the Year 2010 at the Victorian Training Awards, before 
going on to win Australian Employer of the Year 2010 
at the Australian Training Awards.

Underpinning this success was Crown’s Learning Pathways. 
This initiative is a major focus that has helped shift Crown 
Melbourne’s employment proposition from training to 
learning and from jobs to careers.

Crown’s Learning Pathways include courses delivered 
from six training packages and 16 different qualifi cation 
streams. More than 1,000 employees, representing 
more than 15 percent of the workforce, are obtaining an 
accredited qualifi cation within the Australian Quality Training 
Framework (AQTF). In 2010, Crown Melbourne launched its 
third level program within its Learning Pathway Framework 
which is aligned to a Diploma of Management. 

As part of the disability employment program, Crown 
Melbourne, in partnership with WISE employment, placed 
12 employees in various roles and traineeships across 
the business.

Crown Melbourne continues its focus on the health 
and safety of its employees and visitors. During the 
year, WorkSafe Victoria conducted an extensive review 
of Crown’s Health, Safety and Workers’ Compensation 
management systems, which resulted in the extension of 
Crown’s self insurance status for a further four-year period. 

In addition, Crown Melbourne received endorsement 
from WorkSafe Victoria for its new three-year Health and 
Safety Compliance Program. This Program reviews Crown’s 
compliance with legislative, regulatory, self insurance and 
corporate governance requirements. This includes the 
scheduling, undertaking and reporting of audits, and the 
identifi cation and implementation of corrective actions. 

24

Burswood remains the largest single-site private employer 
in Western Australia with more than 4,300 employees. 
This year saw approximately 1,900 people recruited in 
a very competitive labour market. Burswood’s strong 
employer brand continues to attract the skilled and 
talented staff required to support the business.

Burswood has continued to expand its training activities. 
The focus was on developing and improving the customer 
service capability of all employees and improving the 
management and leadership capability of frontline and 
senior managers. 

Burswood currently employs and trains 388 apprentices and 
trainees both under its own Registered Training Organisation 
and also in partnership with local TAFEs. The Leadership 
Development Program built on the success of its inaugural 
year with more than 40 staff graduating from the program 
and another 37 managers and supervisors currently 
participating. This program identifi es developing leaders 
within the business and assists them in reaching their 
full potential over a 12-month training program.

During the fi nancial year, Burswood was successful in 
the Australian Hotels Association Branch Awards for 
Excellence in the category of Outstanding Achievement 
in Training and now qualifi es for the National awards 
to be held later this year.

From left:

Crown Melbourne employees

Burswood Employee of the Year Awards

Sustainability Report – Responsible Gaming

Initiatives that support responsible gaming continue to be of 
paramount importance to Crown. The establishment by the 
Crown Board of a Board Committee at the beginning of this 
fi nancial year to oversee responsible gaming is testament 
to the commitment to responsible gaming practices. 

Chaired by Crown Director, Professor John Horvath, 
the Responsible Gaming Committee meets regularly to 
review and monitor Crown’s responsible gaming programs, 
recommending policies and procedures to enhance the 
effectiveness of those programs and promote awareness 
of responsible gaming issues.

Across Crown Melbourne and Burswood, Crown’s continued 
commitment to responsible gaming practices is evident, 
with increased exposure and promotion of avenues for 
assistance to patrons who may be experiencing diffi culty 
with their gaming behaviours. 

Staff training and education at all levels is the cornerstone 
of Crown’s responsible gaming program. At both Crown 
Melbourne and Burswood, staff undergo training that 
begins during induction and continues throughout their 
career at Crown. All staff know the steps to take to ensure 
individuals are directed to the Responsible Gaming Support 
Centre, or to alert Responsible Gaming Liaison Offi cers. 
Staff are trained in identifying the observable signs 
that indicate a customer may be experiencing diffi culty 
with their gaming behaviour, and are instructed to make 
their manager aware of the situation.

CROWN MELBOURNE

An in-house facility that operates 24-hours a day, seven 
days a week, Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming 
Support Centre is a world-fi rst responsible gaming initiative.

In operation since 2002, the Centre is the hub for all of 
Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Services including 
housing Crown’s Responsible Gaming Liaison Offi cers who 
provide services around the many responsible gaming 
initiatives and programs, including the Self-Exclusion Program. 
Access to on-site Responsible Gaming Psychologists and 
the availability of the Chaplaincy Support Service are other 
key initiatives offered.

Leading the way in proactive responsible gaming services, 
Crown Melbourne has pioneered a number of initiatives 
including the Play Safe Limits program, a voluntary 
pre-commitment system that Crown Melbourne fi rst 
implemented in 2003. The program allows gaming 
machine and fully automated table games customers 
to use their Crown Signature Club Cards to set daily 
individual spend and time limits, or a combination thereof.

Information on Crown Melbourne’s responsible gaming 
programs is widely available to customers throughout the 
complex, on the gaming fl oor and via the Responsible 
Gaming Support Centre, and this year saw the addition of 
information being available via the Crown Signature Club’s 
Voucher Issuance Kiosks, on gaming fl oor posters, as well 
as on plasma screens located at the end of each bank 
of gaming machines.

From left:

Crown Melbourne participates 
in Responsible Gambling 
Awareness Week

Some of the Responsible Gaming 
staff from Crown Melbourne

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

25

S USTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

Visibility of contact numbers for Crown Melbourne’s 
Responsible Gaming Support Centre and Gambler’s Help 
is also prominent, appearing on gaming machines, table 
games, near ATMs, brochures, Crown Signature Club 
information desks and in newsletters.

Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct, 
which is printed in a number of languages, is also widely 
available to customers and other stakeholders. 

Crown Melbourne has established strong links with support 
services such as Gambler’s Help and relevant assistance 
programs, with regular interactions to ensure provision of 
appropriate assistance to customers seeking help. Crown 
Melbourne is represented on the Victorian Responsible 
Gambling Ministerial Advisory Council and on its working 
groups and committees. 

This fi nancial year, Crown Melbourne has also been involved 
with the Monash and Melbourne Universities Problem 
Gambling Research and Treatment Centre Advisory Panel, 
as well as the planning for the National Association of 
Gambling Studies 2011 Conference. 

Crown Melbourne has participated in Responsible 
Gambling Awareness Week (RGAW), a state wide 
government, community and industry initiative, since its 
inception. This year, Crown Melbourne hosted an event, 
where Sue Stanley, an ambassador for RGAW and Crown 
Melbourne’s Chaplain, Father James Grant, spoke about the 
key themes for the week. Crown Melbourne’s involvement 
highlights the importance of the partnership between the 
gaming industry, state government and the community 
sector in promoting responsible gaming.

BURSWOOD

Stakeholder engagement has been a main focus for the 
Responsible Gaming team at Burswood and relationships 
have been expanded to include a wide range of community 
service organisations and industry partners. This in turn has 
raised awareness of responsible gaming and the services 
provided by Burswood to assist patrons who develop a 
problem with their gambling. 

Burswood’s Responsible Gambling Information Centre’s 
services are actively promoted to customers throughout the 
complex, with information readily available on Burswood’s 
responsible gaming programs including its Self Exclusion 
policy. Furthermore, Burswood continues to work closely and 
cooperatively with a number of agencies and organisations 
that offer counselling services at a customer’s request. 
These services are available 24 hours a day.

In July 2010, Burswood introduced a voluntary 
pre-commitment scheme in conjunction with the issuing 
of player activity statements. Patrons who play Burswood’s 
gaming machines are able to set fi nancial and time limits 
regarding their play. Additionally, patrons are able to obtain 
a statement that details their gaming activity.

Burswood’s support for the Responsible Gambling 
Awareness Week, which is a collaborative partnership 
between the Gaming and Wagering Commission of 
Western Australia, TAB, Burswood, Lotterywest and 
Centrecare, is ongoing. Held in May this year, the 2011 
Responsible Gambling Awareness Week offi cial opening 
was launched by the Minister for Racing and Gaming, 
the Honourable Terry Waldron MLA. The key theme to 
this year’s Awareness Week was ‘Gamble Aware – when 
does the fun stop for you?’ emphasising the need for 
balance and control.

Staff engagement has also been a key focus for the period 
with updates in online training programs along with the 
introduction of the Responsible Service of Gaming Staff 
Champions Program. 

Burswood participates in 
Responsible Gambling 
Awareness Week

26

Sustainability Report – Community

Crown assists in the growth and development of the 
local communities where Crown’s people live and work.

Crown focuses on a variety of charitable causes, from 
individuals who suffer illness to established care agencies. 
Contributions this year were made in various forms, 
including sponsorship arrangements and resources such 
as staff time, use of facilities and various Crown packages 
that can be further used to raise monies for the charities. 

CROWN MELBOURNE

Crown Melbourne responds and provides assistance, 
donations and support to a broad range of community needs.

In January 2011, Crown Melbourne donated $500,000 to 
boost the 2011 Red Cross Victorian Floods Appeal, which 
continues to help many thousands of Victorians who are still 
suffering after the devastating fl oods in January and February.

Crown Melbourne also raised more than $72,000 for the 
Salvation Army Queensland Disaster Relief Appeal, including 
more than $36,000 raised by patrons via collection tins, that 
was matched dollar-for-dollar by Crown.

For more than six years, Crown Melbourne has sponsored 
and hosted the My Room Ball. My Room was formed 
in 1993 by three families who had children undergoing 
chemotherapy and wanted to support the Oncology Unit 
at The Royal Children’s Hospital in Melbourne.

Crown also sponsors and hosts Starry Starry Night, which 
this year raised more than $600,000 for The Alannah and 
Madeline Foundation.

Crown Melbourne also supports Challenge’s Robert Allenby 
Gala Dinner and Diamonds are a Girl’s Best Friend Dinner 
for children living with cancer and other life-threatening 
blood disorders.

Over the past fi ve years, the KOALA Foundation (Kids 
Oncology And Leukaemia Action Foundation) has received 
more than $8.7 million from its annual fundraising event that 
brings together some of Australia’s most infl uential people. 
Crown Melbourne hosts The Million Dollar Lunch and 
donates food, the venue, various prizes and raffl e items, 
along with staff and management teams who work at the 
event for the benefi t of the KOALA Foundation. 

Crown Melbourne is proud that staff volunteer their time 
and efforts each Christmas Day to help pack and distribute 
more than 250 hampers fi lled with ingredients donated by 
Crown Melbourne as part of the Open Family Australia 
Christmas program.

Crown partnered with a number of national charities in 
support of their annual gala balls and events including 
My Room Ball, Starry Starry Night, Ronald McDonald 
House Charity Ball, Diamonds Dinner, Lillian Frank’s 
Royal Children’s Hospital Fashion Luncheon and the 
high profi le gala that is The Million Dollar Lunch at Crown.

Crown Melbourne is also involved with The Shane Warne 
Foundation, which donates monies raised at events to 
charities that work with seriously ill and underprivileged 
Australian children. Crown Melbourne sponsors and hosts 
a number of the Foundation’s events including the Footy 
Finals Luncheon, the Boxing Day Breakfast and the Joe 
Hachem and Shane Warne Charity Poker Tournament.

From left:

Victorian Flood Appeal 2011

Crown Melbourne 
Million Dollar Lunch 2011

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

27

S USTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

BURSWOOD

Working with more than 20 local charity groups, 
Burswood is able to help meet a range of needs across 
Western Australia.

Burswood was involved as a major supporter of Channel 
Seven’s Telethon weekend in Perth this fi nancial year, 
pledging a donation of $1 million to support child health 
causes in Western Australia.

In February 2011, a gala fundraising dinner that marked 
the opening of Neil Perry’s Rockpool Bar & Grill raised 
$420,000 for the Starlight Children’s Foundation. 

Burswood’s Chief Executive Offi cer, Barry Felstead, joined 
106 other Western Australian CEOs to once again sleep 
under the stars in Vinnies CEO Sleepout in support of 
homeless services, raising $47,091 for the cause. 

Burswood’s support also includes a number of local 
welfare-based agencies such as Foodbank Western 
Australia. On a daily basis chefs prepare soup for inclusion 
in food relief parcels for more than 600 charitable agencies 
and hundreds of schools. Since 1999, 100,000 litres of 
fresh soup, the equivalent to more than 455,000 meals, 
have been donated. 

In January 2011, Burswood responded to the devastation 
of the fl oods in Queensland and Western Australia with 
a complex-wide initiative raising funds for The Salvation Army 
Flood Relief Appeal. A Flood Relief Concert at Burswood 
Theatre raised additional funds for the Queensland 
Premier’s Distress Relief Fund and the Lord Mayor’s 
Distress Relief Fund (WA).

With more than 4,300 employees, Burswood’s staff play 
an important role in the community support program. 
Staff engagement activities during the period included 
The Salvation Army Easter Appeal, the annual Anglicare WA 
Winter Appeal and St Vincent de Paul Christmas Appeal. 
The Workplace Giving Program was relaunched supporting 
Anglicare WA, Ronald McDonald House Charities or United 
Way. Furthermore, a team of employees, family and friends 
participated in the annual Juvenile Diabetes Research 
Foundation Walk to Cure for the 10th year.

Burswood has a long-term partnership with Ronald 
McDonald House in Perth, which celebrated its 20th 
anniversary this year. Staff teams participated in the 
‘Make A Meal’ program donating time to prepare dinner 
for families. Burswood was also a proud sponsor of the 
10th annual ‘Burswood Nick O’Hern Charity Golf Day,’ 
another fundraiser for Ronald McDonald House.

An important long-term partnership exists with WA Police 
and Burswood works with them to promote safety in the 
community. Sponsorship is provided for the annual WA 
Police Offi cer of the Year Awards and for the Wall-to-Wall 
Charity Ride. 

Once again, Burswood partnered with a number of 
charities in support of their annual gala balls including 
Ronald McDonald Charity Ball, Boobalicious Ball, 
StyleAid, Amanda Young Foundation Ball and Youth 
Focus ‘Night of Nights’ Gala Ball.

From left:

Opposite page, from left:

Burswood $1 million donation 
to support child health

Crown Melbourne collects 
green waste for recycling

Vinnies CEO Sleepout in 
support of homeless services

Water saving initiatives in 
Crown Melbourne laundry

28

Sustainability Report – Environment

Crown is expanding its environmental sustainability efforts 
by following the Global Reporting Initiative Guidelines in its 
sustainability reporting and by bringing operations in line 
with global environmental management standards. Crown’s 
vision is to play a leadership role in sustainable business 
practice in the gaming and entertainment industry.

The ongoing implementation of remote monitoring of 
electricity, gas and water via meters installed throughout 
both Crown Melbourne and Burswood continues to 
assist in resource consumption monitoring and reporting. 
Respective business units receive monthly reports showing 
their individual consumption. 

Crown’s environmental initiatives put it in a strong position 
to comply with the Australian Government Climate Change 
Plan, Securing a Clean Energy Future, which aims to 
transition Australia to a low carbon, clean energy economy 
through initiatives in four key areas – carbon pricing, 
renewable energy, energy effi ciency and land management. 

Crown Melbourne and Burswood once again joined 
thousands of organisations around the world in switching 
off all non-essential lighting during Earth Hour and also 
participated in World Environment Day. 

Ongoing staff communications and involvement helped 
increase staff awareness of Crown’s environmental initiatives 
this year. Staff participation in annual ‘B Green’ week was 
high, with competitions, surveys and environmental gifts 
on offer. As an internal communications tool, reminder 
stickers continue to be used to encourage staff to switch 
off lights, turn off computers and report leaking taps.

Crown completed reporting actions for the Carbon 
Disclosure Project, which holds the largest database 
of primary corporate climate change information in the 
world. Crown also took part in the National Greenhouse 
and Energy Reporting System, the Energy Effi ciency 
Opportunities program and the Water Effi ciency 
Management Plan, which was initiated by the Western 
Australian State Government.

CROWN MELBOURNE

This year Crown Melbourne undertook a number of sustainability 
initiatives including joining the City of Melbourne’s 1200 Buildings 
Program aimed at reducing the city’s environmental impact 
by retrofi tting existing buildings. Additionally, an Environmental 
Management System that enables Crown Melbourne to monitor 
and manage its environmental impact was established. Crown 
Melbourne also established its Environmental Committee with 
representatives from each business unit.

Energy Effi ciency

Crown Melbourne continued to reduce energy consumption 
this fi nancial year through initiatives such as lighting 
upgrades, improvements to kitchen exhaust fans and car 
park ventilation, heating, ventilation and air conditioning 
optimisation and IT Hub cooling systems. This resulted in a 
CO2 abatement of more than 4,000 tonnes, the equivalent to 
powering 300 homes or removing 900 cars from the streets.

Over the fi nancial year, Crown upgraded more than 5,000 
light fi ttings resulting in more than one million kWh in energy 
savings per year. That is enough energy to power 100 
Victorian homes, or the equivalent to removing 300 cars 
from the streets.

Water Conservation

Water reduction initiatives continued to be a focus for 
Crown Melbourne this year including saving water during 
fi re sprinkler testing (in a joint initiative with South East Water) 
with more than four million litres of water saved per year. 

Crown Melbourne continues to conserve a signifi cant amount 
of water after replacing approximately 5,500m2 of grass with 
artifi cial turf since June 2009. Annual water savings have 
totalled almost three million litres per year, or the equivalent 
of one and a half Olympic sized swimming pools.

Life Cycle Management

In October 2010, Crown received the Excellence in 
Sustainability Award at the annual Restaurant & Catering 
Awards for Excellence on the back of its organics recycle 
program which turns organic waste into compost to be 
used in agricultural processes.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

29

S USTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

(cid:42)(cid:89)(cid:86)(cid:94)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:54)(cid:89)(cid:78)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:74)(cid:90)(cid:3)(cid:57)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:96)(cid:74)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:3)(cid:58)(cid:96)(cid:90)(cid:91)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:3)(cid:59)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:78)

140

120

100

d
e
t
s
o
p
m
o
C
s
c
n
a
g
r
O

i

f
o

s
e
n
n
o
T

80

60

40

20

0

30

(cid:31)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:83)
(cid:92)
(cid:49)

(cid:31)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:78)
(cid:92)
(cid:40)

(cid:31)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:87)
(cid:76)
(cid:58)

(cid:31)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:91)
(cid:74)
(cid:54)

(cid:31)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:93)
(cid:86)
(cid:53)

(cid:31)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:74)
(cid:76)
(cid:43)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:85)
(cid:72)
(cid:49)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:73)
(cid:76)
(cid:45)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:89)
(cid:72)
(cid:52)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:89)
(cid:87)
(cid:40)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:96)
(cid:72)
(cid:52)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:85)
(cid:92)
(cid:49)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:83)
(cid:92)
(cid:49)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:78)
(cid:92)
(cid:40)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:87)
(cid:76)
(cid:58)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:91)
(cid:74)
(cid:54)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:93)
(cid:86)
(cid:53)

(cid:32)
(cid:23)
(cid:3)
(cid:74)
(cid:76)
(cid:43)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:85)
(cid:72)
(cid:49)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:73)
(cid:76)
(cid:45)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:89)
(cid:72)
(cid:52)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:89)
(cid:87)
(cid:40)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:96)
(cid:72)
(cid:52)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:85)
(cid:92)
(cid:49)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:83)
(cid:92)
(cid:49)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:78)
(cid:92)
(cid:40)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:87)
(cid:76)
(cid:58)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:91)
(cid:74)
(cid:54)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:93)
(cid:86)
(cid:53)

(cid:23)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:74)
(cid:76)
(cid:43)

(cid:24)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:85)
(cid:72)
(cid:49)

(cid:24)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:73)
(cid:76)
(cid:45)

(cid:24)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:89)
(cid:72)
(cid:52)

(cid:24)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:89)
(cid:87)
(cid:40)

(cid:24)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:96)
(cid:72)
(cid:52)

(cid:24)
(cid:24)
(cid:3)
(cid:85)
(cid:92)
(cid:49)

In a bid to minimise the environmental impact of Crown’s 
offi ce paper, FSC (Forest Stewardship Council) and PEFC 
(Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certifi cation) 
certifi ed sustainable paper, which is Australian made, 
is now used in all offi ces. 

Crown Melbourne has successfully been re-certifi ed under 
Sustainability Victoria’s Waste-Wise scheme for the fourth 
year in a row. Crown received Bronze certifi cation and 
was awarded a Special Commendation for the ‘signifi cant 
improvements in waste management observed in the 
last 12 months’. 

A green waste recycling system completed at Crown 
Melbourne this fi nancial year collects and composts 
green waste generated from landscape activities across 
the complex to reuse on-site to assist in the growth of 
Crown’s extensive gardens.

In a signifi cant move to help reduce the environmental 
impact of product packaging, Crown Melbourne became 
a signatory to the Australian Packaging Covenant this year. 
The Covenant is a voluntary initiative by government and 
industry to reduce the environmental effects of packaging 
on the environment. 

Staff support and inclusion in sustainable activities 
continues to be important, and this year, in addition to 
supporting World Environment Day, Crown staff were given 
the opportunity to recycle their old mobile phones via 
Mobile Muster collection bins, with a tree being planted 
for each kilogram of phones recycled.

BURSWOOD

Burswood Entertainment Complex places high priority 
on environmental issues, working towards a sustainable 
environment through monitoring and measuring its 
performance and consumption. With a dedicated 
environmental committee representing the major 
business units across the company, the committee 
drives environmental initiatives for energy conservation, 
water conservation and waste management.

Energy Effi ciency

As part of Burswood’s ongoing energy monitoring program, 
further energy saving initiatives were completed this year 
including the trial of LED lamps in various areas across the 
complex. Additionally, the installation of voltage reduction 
transformers resulted in a 24 percent reduction in kilowatts 
per hour (kWh) consumption.

Water Conservation

Burswood has historically had a strong focus on water 
conservation and this year received a fi ve-star rating from the 
Water Corporation in the One-2-Five™ water management 
assessment. A number of water saving initiatives were 
identifi ed and implemented including the installation of 
2.5 litre tapware restrictors/aerators to hand basins. 

Life Cycle Management

A complex-wide public recycling program, as well as an 
organic waste recycling program within Burswood’s kitchens, 
were a major focus in waste management this year. 

Through these initiatives, an estimated 12 tonnes of waste 
will be diverted from landfi ll every year – reducing CO2 
emissions by 36 tonnes per annum.

The following initiatives were implemented over the course 
of the year with funding applications lodged and grants 
received for each:

(cid:129)  Packaging Stewardship Forum public place 

recycling; and

(cid:129)  Strategic Waste Initiatives Scheme – which involves 
collection of all landscape green waste from all 
commercial kitchens which is then removed off-site, 
processed and returned to Burswood as mulch for 
the garden areas. By diverting an average of 13 tonnes 
of food per month, a total of more than 99 tonnes of 
carbon dioxide equivalents are likely to be saved. 

2010 Waste-Wise Awards 
at the Melbourne Aquarium

 
 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Corporate Governance Statement

The Crown Limited Board is committed to the implementation and maintenance of good corporate governance practices. 

This Statement sets out the extent to which Crown Limited (Crown) has followed the best practice recommendations set 
by the ASX Corporate Governance Council (the Principles and Recommendations) during the twelve month period ending 
30 June 2011. 

PRINCIPLE 1 
LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT 

Functions reserved for the Board 

The Board is responsible for guiding and monitoring Crown on behalf of its shareholders. In addition, the Board (in conjunction 
with management) is responsible for identifying areas of signifi cant business risk and ensuring arrangements are in place 
to adequately manage those risks. 

The Board has adopted a formal Board Charter which sets out a list of specifi c functions which are reserved for the Board. 

Board appointments are made pursuant to formal terms of appointment.

Functions delegated to senior executives 

Crown’s senior executives have responsibility for matters which are not specifi cally reserved for the Board (such as the 
day-to-day management of the operations and administration of Crown).

Process for evaluating performance of senior executives 

Crown has established processes for evaluating the performance of its senior executives. In summary, each senior executive 
is evaluated against the achievement of pre-agreed performance objectives. The evaluation process is conducted annually 
and is followed by the determination of appropriate remuneration of the relevant senior executive. 

Detailed information regarding Crown’s remuneration practices is provided in the Remuneration Report. An evaluation 
of senior executives took place following the end of the fi nancial year and in accordance with the processes described 
in the Remuneration Report. 

Induction process for new executives 

Crown executives are required to undertake formal induction training through either the Crown Melbourne on-site accredited 
training facility – Crown College, or Burswood’s on-site training program. 

The program involves training about: 

•  the history and development of the Crown and Burswood brands and businesses; 
•  the main legal and regulatory obligations affecting the Crown businesses; 
•  Crown’s responsible gaming policies and procedures;
•  Crown’s responsible service of alcohol policies and 
•  the rights and obligations of Crown employees. 

As part of the induction program, executives are required to successfully complete a series of online training modules 
and to pass the associated assessment. 

More information

A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

31

 
 
CO RPORATE GOVERNANCE  STATEMENT  CONTI NUED

PRINCIPLE 2 
STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE 

Composition of the Board 

As at the date of this Statement, the Board comprises the following eleven Directors: 

•  James D Packer

Executive Chairman 

•  John H Alexander BA 

Executive Deputy Chairman 

•  Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB 

Independent, Non-Executive Director 

•  Christopher D Corrigan

Independent, Non-Executive Director 

•  Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons)

Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director 

•  Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE

Independent, Non-Executive Director 

•  Geoffrey J Dixon

Independent, Non-Executive Director 

•  Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP

Independent, Non-Executive Director 

•  Ashok Jacob MBA

Non-independent, Non-Executive Director 

•  Michael R Johnston BEc, CA

Non-independent, Non-Executive Director 

•  Harold C Mitchell AC

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Mr David L B Gyngell resigned on 25 November 2010.

Mr Richard W Turner resigned on 1 May 2011.

Information about each current Director’s qualifi cations, experience and period in offi ce is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report.

The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Offi cer are exercised by separate persons. James Packer acts as Executive Chairman 
and Rowen Craigie as Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director. 

Relationships affecting independence

The Crown Board is currently comprised of eleven Directors, six of whom are independent Directors. A majority of Directors 
are therefore independent. 

During the year, there were three Board changes (the appointment of Mr Mitchell and the resignations of Mr Gyngell 
and Mr Turner), however, the Board was at all times comprised of a majority of independent directors. 

The independence of Directors is assessed against a list of criteria and materiality thresholds. Those criteria have been formally 
enshrined in the Crown Board Charter. Each Director who is listed as an independent Director complies with the relevant criteria 
for independence set out in the Crown Board Charter.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

32

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Departure from Recommendation 2.2: The Principles and Recommendations recommend that the chair of the Board 
should be an independent Director. Crown’s Chairman is not an independent Director. The Board believes that the interests 
of shareholders are best served by a Chairman who is sanctioned by shareholders and who will act in the best interests 
of shareholders as a whole. As the Chairman has a signifi cant relevant interest in Crown, he is well placed to act on behalf 
of shareholders and in their best interests. 

Procedure for selection and appointment of new Directors 

Where a new Director appointment is required, Crown adheres to procedures (Selection Procedure) including the following: 

•  the experience and skills appropriate for an appointee, having regard to those of the existing Board members 

and likely changes to the Board are considered; 

•  upon identifying a potential appointee, specifi c consideration is given to that candidate’s: 

 – competencies and qualifi cations; 

 – independence; 

 – other directorships and time availability; and 

 – the effect that their appointment would have on the overall balance and composition of the Board; and 

•  fi nally, all existing Board members must consent to the proposed appointment. 

The duties, responsibilities and powers of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee extend to reviewing the Selection 
procedure and making appropriate recommendations to the Board in relation to the Selection Procedure. The Committee 
is responsible for implementing the Selection Procedure and developing succession plans in order for the Board to maintain 
appropriate experience, expertise and diversity.

The re-appointment procedures for incumbent Directors are as outlined in Crown’s Constitution. In summary, subject to the 
specifi c matters described in the Constitution, an election of Directors must take place each year at which one third of Directors 
must retire. Any Director who has been in offi ce for three or more years and for three or more annual general meetings must also 
retire. Directors who retire are generally eligible for re-election. 

Process for evaluating performance of the Board, its Committees and its members 

A performance evaluation of the Board and of its Committees is undertaken annually, following completion of each fi nancial year, 
by way of a questionnaire sent to each Board and Committee member. 

The questionnaire covers the role, composition, procedure and practices of the Board and its Committees. The individual 
responses to the questionnaire are confi dential to each Board/Committee member, with questionnaire responses to be provided 
to the Chairman of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee for his consideration and provision of a report to the Board. 

An evaluation of the Board and its Committees took place following the end of the fi nancial year and in accordance with the 
processes described above. 

Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee also has delegated responsibility for reviewing Crown’s procedure for the 
evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees and its directors.

Procedures for taking independent advice 

To enable Crown’s Board to fulfi l its role, each Director may obtain independent advice on relevant matters at Crown’s expense. 
In these circumstances, the Director must notify the Executive Chairman of the nature of the advice sought prior to obtaining 
that advice, so that the Executive Chairman can take steps to ensure that the party from whom advice is sought has no 
material confl ict of interest with Crown. The Executive Chairman is also responsible for approving payment of invoices 
in relation to the external advice.

In addition, each Board Committee has the full authority of the Board to: 
•  communicate and consult with external and internal persons and organisations concerning matters delegated 

to the Committee; and 

•  appoint independent experts to provide advice on matters delegated to the Committee.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

33

 
 
CO RPORATE GOVERNANCE  STATEMENT  CONTI NUED

Crown Board Committees

To assist in carrying out its responsibilities, the Crown Board has established the following Committees: 

Committees

Current Members4

Meetings held during FY 2011

Audit & Corporate Governance 

Finance1

Investment2

Nomination and Remuneration3

Occupational Health, Safety & Environment 

Responsible Gaming

Risk Management 

Benjamin Brazil (Chair)
Rowena Danziger
Michael Johnston

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Benjamin Brazil
Michael Johnston

James Packer (Chair)
John Alexander
Rowen Craigie
Ashok Jacob

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Chris Corrigan
Harold Mitchell

Rowena Danziger (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
John Horvath
Michael Johnston

John Horvath (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger

3

0

0

2

4

5

2

1.  The Finance Committee did not meet this fi nancial year, however there was one written resolution assented to by the Committee during fi nancial year 2011. 
2.  The Investment Committee did not meet this fi nancial year, however there were two written resolutions assented to by the Committee during fi nancial year 2011.
3.  The Nomination and Remuneration Committee was restructured in June 2011. Its mandate was extended to specifi cally include delegated authority to deal 
with remuneration arrangements for executive directors and relevant senior management including the level of remuneration and relevant contractual terms. 
In June 2011, Mr Mitchell replaced Mr Packer as a member of the Committee. As a result, the Committee is now comprised solely of independent, non-executive 
directors. In addition to its two formal meetings, there was also one written resolution assented to by the Committee during fi nancial year 2011. 

4.  During the year, Mr Brazil replaced Mr Turner as Chair of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee and as a member of the Finance Committee, as noted 

above, Mr Mitchell replaced Mr Packer as a member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and Professor Horvath was appointed to the Occupational 
Health, Safety & Environment Committee.

Each Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.

More information

A full copy of each of Crown’s Committee Charters is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A description of the procedure for selection, appointment and re-election of Directors is available 
on the Crown website at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

34

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

PRINCIPLE 3 
PROMOTE ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION-MAKING 

Codes of conduct 

Crown has established separate Codes of Conduct that outline the standard of ethical behaviour that is expected 
of its Directors and of its employees at all times. The Code of Conduct for Employees is a detailed statement of the:

•  practices required by employees to maintain confi dence in Crown’s integrity; 
•  legal obligations of employees and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders; and 
•  responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices. 

Policy concerning diversity

Crown has established a policy concerning diversity and disclosed its policy on its website. The policy includes requirements 
for the Board to establish measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and for the Board to assess annually both the 
objectives and progress in achieving them.

In accordance with the Policy, Crown has established measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and will assess 
the objectives and Crown’s progress in achieving those objectives annually, and will report the results of those objectives. 
The fi rst report will be provided in the 2012 Annual Report.

Crown will also report annually the proportion of women employees in the Crown Limited group, women in senior executive 
positions and women on the Board. The fi rst report will be provided in the 2012 Annual Report.

Crown’s Audit and Corporate Governance Committee has been delegated responsibility for developing and monitoring 
the application of Crown’s Diversity Policy.

Policy concerning trading in company securities 

Crown has adopted a formal Securities Trading Policy which details Crown’s policy concerning trading in Crown shares 
by Directors, senior executives and employees. 

The Securities Trading Policy: 

•  includes a requirement that employees do not buy and sell Crown shares within a 12 month period 

(ie that they do not short trade); 

•  establishes formal “trading windows” during which Crown employees can and cannot trade in Crown shares; 
•  includes restrictions and clearance procedures as to when trading can and cannot occur;
•  sets out Crown’s policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk; and 
•  summarises the application of the insider trading provisions of the Corporations Act and the consequences 

of contravention thereof. 

A copy of the Securities Trading Policy has been given to Australian Securities Exchange and released to the market.

More information

Full copies of Crown’s Code of Conduct for Directors and Code of Conduct for Employees 
are available at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Codes.

A full copy of Crown’s Diversity Policy is available at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading 
Corporate Governance – Policies.

A full copy of Crown’s Securities Trading Policy is available at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading 
Corporate Governance – Policies.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

35

 
 
CO RPORATE GOVERNANCE  STATEMENT  CONTI NUED

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

PRINCIPLE 4 
SAFEGUARD INTEGRITY IN FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Crown Audit & Corporate Governance Committee and Charter 

As indicated above, Crown has established a formal Audit & Corporate Governance Committee to review the integrity 
of Crown’s fi nancial reporting and to oversee the independence of Crown’s external auditors. 

The current members of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee are Ben Brazil (Chair), Rowena Danziger and Michael 
Johnston. All members of the Committee are Non-Executive Directors and a majority of those Committee members are 
independent Directors. 

The Chairman of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, Mr Ben Brazil is an independent Director who has extensive 
fi nancial qualifi cations and experience. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and holds a senior role at Macquarie Bank 
in the Corporate and Asset Finance Group.

Further information about each Committee member’s qualifi cations and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report. 

The Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities. 

The Charter includes information on the procedures for selection and appointment of the external auditor of Crown and 
for the rotation of external audit engagement partners. 

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Audit & Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

PRINCIPLE 5 
MAKE TIMELY AND BALANCED DISCLOSURE

Policy to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements 

Crown has a formal Continuous Disclosure Policy in place which is designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule 
requirements. The Policy details processes for: 

•  ensuring material information is communicated to Crown’s Chief Executive Offi cer, its General Counsel and Company 

Secretary or a member of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee; 

•  the assessment of information and for the disclosure of material information to the market; and 
•  the broader publication of material information to Crown’s shareholders and the media. 

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

36

 
 
PRINCIPLE 6 
RESPECT THE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Promotion of effective communication with shareholders 

Crown has a Communications Policy which seeks to promote effective communication with its shareholders. The Policy 
explains how information concerning Crown will be communicated to shareholders. The communication channels include: 

•  Crown’s Annual Report; 
•  disclosures made to the ASX; and 
•  Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda. 

Crown has a dedicated corporate website which includes copies of all communications and other company information. 
Advance notifi cation of results announcements is made via Crown’s website.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Communication Policy is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

PRINCIPLE 7 
RECOGNISE AND MANAGE RISK 

Policy for the oversight and management of material business risks 

Crown has established policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and has adopted a formal 
Risk Management Policy. Risk management is an integral part of the industry in which Crown operates. 

Design and implementation of risk management and internal control systems 

As required by the Board, Crown’s management have devised and implemented risk management systems appropriate 
to Crown. 

Management is charged with monitoring the effectiveness of risk management systems and is required to report to the 
Board via the Risk Management Committee. The Board convened Risk Management Committee administers Crown’s 
Risk Management Policy. 

The Policy sets out procedures which are designed to identify, assess, monitor and manage risk at each of Crown’s controlled 
businesses and requires that the results of those procedures are reported to the Crown Board. A formal Risk Management 
Plan has been developed using the model outlined in AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines. 
The Plan identifi es specifi c Head Offi ce risks in light of major risks identifi ed at an operational level and provides the framework 
for the reporting and monitoring of material risks across the Crown group. 

The Board has received, and will continue to receive, periodic reports through the Risk Management Committee, summarising 
the results of risk management initiatives at Crown. 

Chief Executive Offi cer and Chief Financial Offi cer assurances 

The Crown Board has received assurance from the Chief Executive Offi cer and the Chief Financial Offi cer that the declaration 
provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound system of risk management and 
internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to fi nancial reporting risks. 

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Committee Charter is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Policy is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

37

 
 
CO RPORATE GOVERNANCE  STATEMENT  CONTI NUED

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

PRINCIPLE 8 
REMUNERATE FAIRLY AND RESPONSIBLY

Remuneration of Board members and Senior Executives 

Crown has established a formal Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The role of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee includes the review and recommendation of appropriate Directors’ Fees to be paid to non-executive Directors. 
During the year, the role of this Committee was extended to include consideration of remuneration policies to be applied 
to executives, including any equity-based remuneration plan that may be considered, subject to shareholder approval 
(where required). 

Following the end of the fi nancial year, the Committee has reviewed and approved: 

•  the remuneration for senior executives which will apply during the fi nancial year ending 30 June 2012; and 
•  the short term bonus payments made to senior executives referable to the fi nancial year ending 30 June 2011. 

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee was also actively involved in the development of the 2010 Crown LTI 
which is described in detail in the Remuneration Report.

The current members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are Geoffrey Dixon (Chair), Chris Corrigan and 
Harold Mitchell who are each independent, non-executive Directors. Information about each Committee member’s qualifi cations 
and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee has adopted a formal 
Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities. A summary of current remuneration arrangements is set out more fully in 
the Remuneration Report. The objective of Crown’s remuneration policy is to ensure that: 

•  senior executives are motivated to pursue the long-term growth and success of Crown; and 
•  there is a clear relationship between senior executives’ performance and remuneration. 

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk 

Directors and employees of the Crown group who hold Crown shares under the Executive Share Plan are not permitted 
to hedge or create derivative arrangements in respect of their Executive Share Plan shares or any of their interests in any 
of those shares.

The rules of the 2010 Crown LTI specifi cally provide that a participant must not grant or enter into any Security Interest in 
or over any Crown shares that may be acquired under the Plan (Participant Shares) or otherwise deal with any Participant Shares 
or interest in them until the relevant Participant Shares are transferred from the Trustee to the participant in accordance with 
the Plan rules. Security Interests are defi ned to extend to any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien or other encumbrance of any 
nature, and includes any derivative relating to or involving a Participant Share. Any Security Interest, disposal or dealing made 
by a participant in contravention of the Plan rules will not be recognised by Crown.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee Charter is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A full copy of Crown’s Remuneration Policy is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

38

 
 
N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Nevada Information Statement

The gaming industry in Nevada is highly regulated and Crown Limited (Crown) must maintain relevant licences to continue 
its investments in entities with gaming operations in Nevada. Each of the casinos in which Crown has an interest is subject to 
extensive regulation under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction where it is located. These laws, rules and regulations 
generally concern the responsibility, fi nancial stability and character of the owners, managers, and persons with fi nancial interest 
in gaming operations. Violations of laws in one jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in other jurisdictions.

Crown is registered as a publicly traded corporation in the state of Nevada. One of the conditions of that registration requires 
Crown to summarise relevant Nevada gaming law requirements in this Report. Crown Entertainment Complex in Melbourne 
and Burswood Entertainment Complex in Perth are regulated in a similar manner by the Victorian Commission for Gambling 
Regulation and the Western Australian Department of Racing Gaming and Liquor, respectively. We are not, however, required 
to summarise the regulations specifi c to Victoria and Western Australia in this Report. 

NEVADA GOVERNMENT REGULATION

The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are subject to the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the 
regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the Nevada Act) and various local regulations. Gaming operations are subject 
to the licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the Nevada Commission), the Nevada State Gaming 
Control Board (the Nevada Board) and various county and city licensing agencies (the local authorities). The Nevada Commission, 
the Nevada Board and the local authorities are collectively referred to as the “Nevada Gaming Authorities”.

The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations of public 
policy that are concerned with, among other things: 

•  the prevention of unsavoury or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time 

or in any capacity; 

•  the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices; 
•  the maintenance of effective controls over the fi nancial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum 

procedures for internal fi scal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues; 

•  providing reliable record keeping and requiring the fi ling of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities; 
•  the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and 
•  providing a source of state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees. 

Each of the entities in which Crown holds an investment and which currently operate casinos in Nevada (the casino licensees) 
is required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Certain of Crown’s subsidiaries in the Cannery ownership chain 
have also been licensed or found suitable as shareholders, members or general partners, as relevant, of the casino licensees. 
The casino licensees and the foregoing subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “licensed subsidiaries”. 

REGISTRATION AS A PUBLICLY TRADED CORPORATION

Crown is required to be registered by the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation and, as such, is required 
periodically to submit detailed fi nancial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and to furnish any other information 
that the Nevada Commission may require. No person may become a shareholder or member of, or receive any percentage 
of profi ts from the licensed subsidiaries without fi rst obtaining licences and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities. 

Additionally, local authorities have taken the position that they have the authority to approve all persons owning or controlling 
the shares of any corporation controlling a gaming licensee. Crown and the licensed subsidiaries have obtained from the 
Nevada Gaming Authorities the various registrations, approvals, permits and licences required in order to engage in 
gaming activities in Nevada.

SUITABILITY OF INDIVIDUALS 

Power to investigate 

The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to, or material involvement with, 
Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as a business 
associate of a gaming licensee.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

39

 
 
NE VADA INFORMATION  STATEMENT CO NTINUED

Offi cers, Directors and certain key employees of the licensed subsidiaries must fi le applications with the Nevada Gaming 
Authorities and may be required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Crown’s offi cers, Directors and key 
employees who are actively and directly involved in the gaming activities of the licenced subsidiaries may be required 
to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. 

The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing or a fi nding of suitability for any cause they deem 
reasonable. A fi nding of suitability is comparable to licensing and both require submission of detailed personal and fi nancial 
information followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing or a fi nding of suitability or the gaming licensee 
by which the applicant is employed or for whom the applicant serves must pay all the costs of the investigation. 

Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and, in addition to their authority to deny 
an application for a fi nding of suitability or licensure, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a change 
in a corporate position. 

N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Consequences of fi nding of unsuitability 

If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to fi nd an offi cer, Director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or to continue having 
a relationship with Crown or the licensed subsidiaries, such company or companies would have to sever all relationships with 
that person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require Crown or the licensed subsidiaries to terminate the employment 
of any person who refuses to fi le appropriate applications. Determinations of suitability or of questions pertaining to licensing 
are not subject to judicial review in Nevada. 

Reporting requirements 

Crown and the licensed subsidiaries are required to submit detailed fi nancial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission. 
Substantially all of Crown and the licensed subsidiaries’ material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar fi nancing 
transactions must be reported to or approved by the Nevada Commission. 

CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATION OF THE NEVADA ACT 

If the Nevada Commission determined that Crown or a licensed subsidiary violated the Nevada Act, it could limit, condition, 
suspend or revoke, subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures, Crown’s Nevada gaming licences 
and those of Crown’s licenced subsidiaries. In addition, Crown and the licensed subsidiaries and the persons involved could be 
subject to substantial fi nes for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. 

CERTAIN BENEFICIAL HOLDERS OF SHARES REQUIRED TO BE LICENSED 

Generally

Any benefi cial holder of Crown’s voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to fi le an 
application, be investigated and have his or her suitability as a benefi cial holder of the voting securities determined if the 
Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies 
of the State of Nevada. The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in 
conducting any such investigation.

The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than 5% of any class of Crown’s voting securities to report the 
acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that benefi cial owners of more than 10% of any class of 
Crown’s voting securities apply to the Nevada Commission for a fi nding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman 
of the Nevada Board mails a written notice requiring such fi ling. 

Institutional investors 

Under certain circumstances, an “institutional investor” as defi ned in the Nevada Act, who acquires more than 10% but not 
more than 25% of any class of Crown’s voting securities, may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such fi nding 
of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. 

An institutional investor will be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes if it acquires and holds the voting 
securities in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly, 
the election of a majority of the members of Crown’s Board of Directors, any change in Crown’s Constitution, management, 
policies or operations or any of Crown’s gaming affi liates or any other action that the Nevada Commission fi nds to be 
inconsistent with holding Crown’s voting securities for investment purposes only.

40

 
 
Activities that are deemed to be consistent with holding voting securities for investment purposes only include: 

•  voting on all matters voted on by shareholders; 
•  making fi nancial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational 

purposes and not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and 

•  such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent. 

Corporations and trusts 

If the benefi cial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must 
submit detailed business and fi nancial information including a list of benefi cial owners. The applicant is required to 
pay all costs of investigation. 

Consequences of fi nding of unsuitability

Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a fi nding of suitability or a licence within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the 
Nevada Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a nominee 
if the nominee, after request, fails to identify the benefi cial owner. Any shareholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly 
or indirectly, any benefi cial ownership of Crown’s shares beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada 
Commission may be guilty of a criminal offence in Nevada. Crown will be subject to disciplinary action if, after Crown receives 
notice that a person is unsuitable to be a shareholder or to have any other relationship with Crown or a licensed subsidiary, 
Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries: 

•  pays that person any dividend or interest upon any of Crown’s voting securities; 
•  allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person; 
•  pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or 
•  fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his or her voting securities including, 

if necessary, the immediate purchase of the voting securities for cash at fair market value. 

N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

CERTAIN DEBT HOLDERS REQUIRED TO BE LICENCED 

The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any of Crown’s debt securities to fi le an application, 
be investigated and be found suitable to hold the debt security. If the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable 
to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, Crown can be sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without 
the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it: 

•  pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest or any distribution whatsoever; 
•  recognises any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities; 
•  pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or 
•  makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation 

or similar transaction.

MAINTENANCE OF SHARE REGISTER 

Crown is required to maintain a current share register in Nevada that may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities 
at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the 
identity of the benefi cial owner to the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for fi nding 
the record holder unsuitable. Crown is also required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the benefi cial 
owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require Crown’s holding statements or share certifi cates bear a legend 
indicating that such securities are subject to the Nevada Act. To date, however, the Nevada Commission has not imposed 
such a requirement on Crown.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

41

 
 
NE VADA INFORMATION  STATEMENT CO NTINUED

N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

ACTIONS REQUIRING PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE NEVADA COMMISSION 

Public offerings to fund Nevada gambling activities 

Crown may not make a public offering of any securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities 
or the proceeds therefrom are intended to be used to construct, acquire or fi nance gaming facilities in Nevada or to retire 
or extend obligations incurred for those purposes or for similar purposes. An approval, if given, does not constitute a fi nding, 
recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or adequacy of the 
prospectus or the investment merits of the securities. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful. 

Transactions effecting a change in control 

Changes in control of Crown through merger, consolidation, share or asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements 
or any act or conduct by a person whereby he or she obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval of the Nevada 
Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a registered corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and the Nevada 
Commission concerning a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of the registered corporation. The Nevada 
Commission may also require controlling shareholders, offi cers, Directors and other persons having a material relationship 
or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval process 
relating to the transaction. 

Share buy-backs and other arrangements 

Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission before Crown can make exceptional repurchases 
of voting securities above the current market price and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management can be 
consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalisation proposed by a registered corporation’s 
Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to the registered corporation’s shareholders for the purpose 
of acquiring control of that corporation. 

INVESTIGATION AND MONITORING OF “FOREIGN GAMING OPERATIONS”

Because Crown is involved in gaming ventures outside of Nevada, Crown is required to deposit with the Nevada Board and 
thereafter maintain a revolving fund in the amount of US$10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation by the Nevada Board 
of Crown’s participation in such gaming. 

The Nevada Board refers to any of Crown’s operations outside of Nevada as “foreign gaming operations”. The revolving fund 
is subject to increase or decrease at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Crown is also required to comply with certain 
reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Crown would be subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission 
if Crown: 
•  knowingly violates any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation; 
•  fails to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada 

gaming operations; 

•  engages in any activity or enters into any association that is unsuitable because it poses an unreasonable threat to the control 
of gaming in Nevada, reflects or tends to reflect discredit or disrepute upon the State of Nevada or gaming in Nevada or is 
contrary to the gaming policies of Nevada; 

•  engages in any activity or enters into any association that interferes with the ability of the State of Nevada to collect gaming 

taxes and fees; or 

•  employs, contracts with or associates with any person in the foreign gaming operation who has been denied a license or a 
fi nding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability or who has been found guilty of cheating at gambling.

42

 
 
D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Directors’ Statutory Report

COMPANY INFORMATION

Review of operations

A review of operations of the Crown Limited (Crown) group for the fi nancial year ended 30 June 2011 and the results 
of those operations is detailed on pages 8 to 30.

The principal activity of the entities within the Crown group is gaming and entertainment. 

Signifi cant changes in state of affairs

Some of the signifi cant changes in the state of affairs of the consolidated group since 1 July 2010 include: 

•  On 19 July 2010, it was announced that the Burswood Entertainment Complex had received in-principle support from 
the Government of Western Australia to expand the existing casino complex in order to accommodate an increase in 
gaming product. On the basis of obtaining the approval, Burswood commenced additional investment of $350 million 
over 36 months to enhance and expand its VIP gaming and accommodation facilities, expand its local gaming capacity, 
establish new restaurants and bars, upgrade the Intercontinental Perth Hotel and to acquire a luxury motor yacht for 
international investors.

•  On 11 May 2011, a series of acquisitions and additional capital expenditure projects were announced including:

 – the acquisition of the Holiday Inn hotel building and associated assets in Perth for approximately $79 million;

 – the acquisition of the Aspinall’s Club from the Aspers Group (a 50:50 joint venture between Crown and the Aspinall family) 

for a price of £36 million (approximately $53 million);

 – an additional investment of approximately $65 million in the further development of Level 1, West End Casino 

at Crown Melbourne;

 – the development of a new bar and lounge to be known as “Club 23” to be located on Level 3, Crown Towers 

at an expected project cost of $11 million;

 – an additional investment of approximately $73 million on the further expansion of the main gaming fl oor at Burswood; and

 – the upgrading of VIP facilities in Burswood including the construction of a new infi nity suite at a cost of approximately 

$7 million.

•  During the year Crown acquired an economic interest in each of Tabcorp Holdings Limited and Echo Entertainment Group 

Limited equivalent to 4.9% of the issued shares of each company by way of cash settled equity derivatives. 

Signifi cant events after Balance Date 

Subsequent to 30 June 2011, the Directors of Crown announced a fi nal dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year 
ending 30 June 2011. The total amount of the dividend is $144.1 million, which represents 19 cents per share. The fi nal 
dividend will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the dividend will be conduit foreign income. The dividend 
has not been provided for in the 30 June 2011 fi nancial statements. 

As noted above, on 11 May 2011, Crown announced the acquisition of the Holiday Inn hotel building and associated assets 
in Perth together with the termination of Burswood’s partnership with the Intercontinental Hotel Group (IHG) pursuant to which 
both the Holiday Inn hotel and the Intercontinental Hotel at Burswood were operated. The cost of these transactions was 
approximately $79 million. Settlement of the transactions occurred on 1 July 2011 and Burswood now operates both 
the Holiday Inn Burswood hotel and the Intercontinental Burswood hotel under a licence agreement with IHG.

On 26 August 2011, Crown announced its intention to conduct an on market share buy-back of up to 30 million of its ordinary 
shares. This number represents approximately 4% of Crown shares on issue at 30 June 2011.

Likely developments 

Other than the developments described in this Report and the accompanying review of operations, the Directors are of the 
opinion that no other matter or circumstance will signifi cantly affect the operations and expected results for the Crown group. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

43

 
 
DI RECTORS’ STATU TORY REPO RT  CO NTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Environmental regulation

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (the NGER Act) established a mandatory reporting system for 
corporate greenhouse gas emissions and energy production and consumption. Crown is required to report emissions under 
the NGER Act. Relevant reports have been submitted during the year.

Key features of the NGER Act are:

•  reporting of greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production by large corporations;
•  corporate level public disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions and energy information; and 
•  to provide consistent and comparable data for decision making.

Crown is also subject to the Energy Effi ciency Opportunities Act 2006 which encourages large energy-using businesses to 
improve their energy effi ciency. It does this by requiring businesses to identify, evaluate and report publicly on cost effective 
energy savings opportunities. Crown submits reports in line with the required reporting schedule. 

At a state level, Crown Melbourne is subject to the Victorian Government’s Environment & Resource Effi ciency Plans (EREP), 
which requires all large commercial and industrial facilities to prepare a plan identifying actions to reduce energy and water 
use and waste generation. Under the Western Australian Water By-laws legislation, Burswood Limited (Burswood) is required 
to complete annual water management assessments and submit water effi ciency management plans.

In July this year, the Government announced the details of a proposed carbon price mechanism. The Clean Energy legislative 
package is proposed to commence on 1 July 2012. Crown is monitoring the process of the legislative package and will assess 
the impact of the scheme on Crown’s businesses once the detail has been fi nalised.

The Crown group is not otherwise subject to any particular or signifi cant environmental regulation under Australian law. 
Environmental issues are, however, important to Crown and it has taken a number of initiatives in this regard. A description 
of those initiatives is set out in the Sustainability section of this Report. 

Dividends and distributions 

Interim Dividend: Crown paid an interim dividend of 18 cents per ordinary share on 15 April 2011. The dividend was 
60% franked. None of the unfranked component was conduit foreign income. 

Final Dividend: The Directors of Crown have announced a fi nal dividend of 19 cents per ordinary share to shareholders 
registered as at 30 September 2011. The fi nal divided will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the dividend 
will be conduit foreign income. 

In summary:

Interim Dividend paid

Final Dividend payable

Total

Dividend per share

18 cents per share

19 cents per share

37 cents per share

Crown paid shareholders a fi nal dividend in respect of the 2010 fi nancial year of $144.1 million.

$’000

$136,511

$144,095

$280,606

44

 
 
D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

Director details 

Set out below are the names of each person who has been a Director of Crown during or since year end and the period 
for which they have been a Director. There are eleven current Directors. 

Name

Date Appointed

Date Ceased

James Douglas Packer 

John Henry Alexander 

Benjamin Alexander Brazil 

Christopher Darcy Corrigan 

Rowen Bruce Craigie 

Rowena Danziger 

Geoffrey James Dixon 

David Liam Barr Gyngell

John Stephen Horvath

Ashok Jacob 

Michael Roy Johnston 

Harold Charles Mitchell

Richard Wallace Turner 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

26 June 2009 

6 July 2007 

31 May 2007 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

13 September 2010

9 September 2010

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

10 February 2011

6 July 2007 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

25 November 2010

–

– 

– 

1 May 2011 

At Crown’s 2010 Annual General Meeting, Mr James Packer, Mrs Rowena Danziger and Mr Ashok Jacob stood for re-election 
as Directors. Each was re-elected as a Director at that time. 

The details of each Director’s qualifi cations and experience as at the date of this Report are set out below. Details of all 
directorships of other Australian listed companies held in the three years before the end of the fi nancial year have been included.

James D Packer, Executive Chairman

Mr Packer is the Executive Chairman of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited (CPH), a family company. CPH is a 43.79% 
shareholder in Crown and is a 50% shareholder in ASX listed Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (CMH), owner of 
interests in FOXTEL and FOX SPORTS. 

Mr Packer is Deputy Chairman of CMH, and is a director of various companies including Crown Melbourne Limited 
(appointed 22 July 1999), Burswood Limited (appointed 3 September 2004) and Melco Crown Entertainment Limited 
(appointed 8 March 2005). 

Mr Packer is the Chair of the Crown Investment Committee. 

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 6 November 2003 to 8 September 2009 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 28 April 1992 to current 
•  SEEK Limited: from 31 October 2003 to 26 August 2009 
•  Sunland Group Limited: from 20 July 2006 to 13 August 2009 
•  Ten Network Holdings Limited: from 13 December 2010 to 2 March 2011

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

45

 
 
DI RECTORS’ STATU TORY REPO RT  CO NTINUED

John Alexander BA, Executive Deputy Chairman 

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Mr Alexander is the Executive Deputy Chairman of Crown Limited, Executive Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited 
and is also a director of a number of companies, including Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited, Aspers Holdings 
(Jersey) Limited, FOXTEL Management Pty Limited, Premier Media Group Pty Limited (FOX SPORTS) and SEEKAsia Limited. 

Prior to 2007, Mr Alexander was the Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director of Publishing and Broadcasting Limited (PBL) 
from 2004, the Chief Executive of ACP Magazines Limited from 1999 and PBL’s group media division comprising ACP Magazines 
Limited and the Nine Network from 2002.

Prior to joining the PBL Group, Mr Alexander was the Editor-in-Chief, Publisher & Editor of The Sydney Morning Herald 
and Editor-in-Chief of The Australian Financial Review. 

Mr Alexander is a member of the Crown Investment Committee. 

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 1999 to current 
•  SEEK Limited: from 17 April 2009 to 26 August 2009

Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB, Independent, Non-Executive Director 

Mr Brazil is an Executive Director of Macquarie Group Limited, within its Corporate Asset Finance Division. He originally 
commenced employment at Macquarie in 1994 and has operated across a range of geographies and business lines during 
the course of his career. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce and a Bachelor of Laws from the University of Queensland.

Mr Brazil is the Chairman of the Crown Audit and Corporate Governance Committee and a member of the Crown 
Finance Committee.

Christopher D Corrigan, Independent, Non-Executive Director 

Mr Corrigan was Managing Director of Patrick Corporation Limited, Australia’s largest stevedore company with interests 
in rail transportation and aviation from March 1990 to May 2006. Prior to that, Mr Corrigan had a career with Bankers Trust 
spanning 20 years, including periods as Managing Director of Bankers Trust in Australia and for the Asia-Pacifi c region. 

Mr Corrigan sponsored the formation of a development capital business of $220 million known as Jamison Equity in 1990, 
which became a wholly owned subsidiary, in December 1996, of the then publicly listed company Patrick Corporation Limited. 
In September 2011, Mr Corrigan became the Chairman of Qube Logistics Holdings Limited.

Mr Corrigan is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee. 

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 8 March 2006 to current 
•  Qube Logistics Holdings Limited: from 23 March 2011 to current
•  Webster Limited: from 30 November 2007 to 9 July 2010

Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons), Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director 

Mr Craigie is also Chief Executive Offi cer and a director of Crown Melbourne Limited, and a director of Burswood Limited, 
Melco Crown Entertainment Limited and Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Limited. 

Mr Craigie previously served from 2007 to 2008 as the Chief Executive Offi cer, PBL Gaming and from 2002 to 2007 as the Chief 
Executive Offi cer of Crown Melbourne Limited. Mr Craigie joined Crown Melbourne Limited in 1993 and was appointed as the 
Executive General Manager of its Gaming Machines department in 1996 and was promoted to Chief Operating Offi cer in 2000. 

Prior to joining Crown Melbourne Limited, Mr Craigie was the Group General Manager for Gaming at the TAB in Victoria from 
1990 to 1993 and held senior economic policy positions in Treasury and the Department of Industry in Victoria from 1984 to 1990.

Mr Craigie is a member of Crown’s Investment, Occupational, Health Safety & Environment, Risk Management and Responsible 
Gaming Committees. 

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 9 January 2002 to 8 April 2009

46

 
 
Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE, Independent, Non-Executive Director 

Mrs Danziger’s professional experience spans over 30 years in various Australian and American educational institutions. 
Mrs Danziger was the Headmistress at Ascham School in Sydney from 1973 to 2003. She is currently Chairperson of 
The Foundation of the Art Gallery of NSW. 

Mrs Danziger is also a Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and Crown Melbourne Limited and is Chair of the Crown 
Limited Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Committee and a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance, Risk 
Management and Responsible Gaming Committees. 

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: 17 September 1997 to current 

Geoffrey J Dixon, Independent, Non-Executive Director 

Mr Dixon was Managing Director and Chief Executive Offi cer of Qantas Airways Limited from 2001 to 2008. He joined Qantas 
in 1994 and was also Chief Commercial Offi cer and, for two years, Deputy Chief Executive. He has also worked in the media, 
mining and government sectors.

Mr Dixon is currently Chairman of the Australian Government’s major tourism marketing organisation, Tourism Australia, 
and Chairman of the Garvan Medical Research Foundation and Queensland Events. He sits on the boards of publicly listed 
companies Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and Facilitate Digital Holdings Limited. He is on the boards of Voyages 
Indigenous Tourism Australia, the Museum of Contemporary Art and the Great Barrier Reef Foundation, and is an Ambassador 
for the Australian Indigenous Education Foundation.

Mr Dixon is the Chairman of the Crown Finance, Nomination and Remuneration and Risk Management Committees. 

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Qantas Airways Limited: from 1 August 2000 to 28 November 2008 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 31 May 2006 to current 
•  Facilitate Digital Holdings Limited: from 9 July 2009 to current 
•  Jetset Travelworld Limited: from 17 July 2008 to 15 September 2008 

Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP, Independent, Non-Executive Director 

Professor John Horvath was the Australian Government Chief Medical Offi cer from 2003-2009. He is currently continuing 
to advise the Department of Health & Ageing and the School of Medicine, University of Sydney, and holds the position of 
Honorary Professor of Medicine. 

Professor Horvath is currently a member of Council of the NHMRC and Chairman of the Healthcare Committee. He is a Fellow 
of the Royal Australasian College of Physicians and is a distinguished practitioner, researcher and teacher. Professor Horvath sits 
on the Board of the Garvan Research Foundation, the Centenary Institute of Medical Research and is a member of the Advisory 
Board to the World Health Organisation Influenza Collaborating Centre. 

Professor Horvath was previously Clinical Professor of Medicine at University of Sydney. He is also known as a leader 
in a range of medical training and workforce organisations. He is also a former President of the Australian Medical Council 
and the NSW Medical Board. 

Professor Horvath is the Chair of the Crown Responsible Gaming Committee and a member of the Crown Occupational Health, 
Safety & Environment Committee.

Ashok Jacob MBA, Non-independent, Non-Executive Director 

Mr Ashok Jacob is a non-executive director of Crown (appointed 6 July 2007) as well as a non-executive director of Consolidated 
Media Holdings Limited (CMH). (Mr Jacob had previously been a non-executive director of CMH from 9 November 1998 to 
8 April 2009).

Mr Jacob is the Chairman of Ellerston Capital (appointed 6 August 2004). Mr Jacob was the CEO of Consolidated Press 
Holdings Limited (CPH) from 2006 to 2011 and previously the Joint CEO from 1998 to 2006.

Mr Jacob is a director of CPH (appointed 25 November 1998) and a director of MRF Limited (appointed 26 October 1998). 

Mr Jacob holds a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor 
of Science from the University of Bangalore. 

Mr Jacob is a member of the Crown Investment Committee. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

47

 
 
DI RECTORS’ STATU TORY REPO RT  CO NTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 9 November 1998 to 8 April 2009, reappointed on 10 September 2009 

to current 

•  Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 6 November 2003 to 8 September 2009

Michael R Johnston BEc, CA, Non-independent, Non-Executive Director 

Mr Johnston is the Finance Director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited (CPH), having previously been an advisor to 
the CPH Group for 17 years. As Finance Director, Mr Johnston oversees a large number of operational businesses within the 
CPH Group and its controlled associates. Mr Johnston was also the Chief Financial Offi cer of Ellerston Capital (a subsidiary 
of CPH) until 30 June 2008. He is an alternate Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited. 

Prior to his appointment with the CPH Group, Mr Johnston was a senior partner in the Australian member fi rm of Ernst & Young. 
Mr Johnston was also on the Board of Partners of Ernst & Young, Australia. 

Mr Johnston holds a Bachelor of Economics degree from Sydney University and is an Associate of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of Australia. 

Mr Johnston is a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance, Finance, and Occupational Health, Safety 
and Environment Committees. 

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 2005 to 8 April 2009 (from 8 April 2009, alternate director 
to Mr James Packer and Mr Guy Jalland; from 10 September 2009 to current, alternate director to Mr Ashok Jacob) 

•  Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 24 February 2006 to 8 September 2009 (alternate director 

to Mr James Packer and Mr Ashok Jacob)

•  Living and Leisure Australia Group: from 23 August 2011 to current

Harold C Mitchell AC, Independent, Non-Executive Director 

Harold Mitchell is the founder of Mitchell and Partners, Executive Chairman of the Mitchell Communication Group and Executive 
Director of Aegis plc. Since he started Mitchell and Partners in 1976, the company has evolved to become the largest media 
and communications group in Australia today, with a growing presence in New Zealand and across the Asia-Pacifi c region.

In December 2000, he launched the Harold Mitchell Foundation which distributes funds between health and the arts. He has 
been Chairman of the National Gallery Australia, President of the Melbourne International Festival of Arts, President of the 
Museums Board of Victorian and a Board Member of the Opera Australia Council.

Mr Mitchell holds a large number of community roles including Chairman of CARE Australia, Chairman of the Melbourne 
Symphony Orchestra, Chairman of ThoroughVision, Chairman and Majority Owner of the Melbourne Rebels Rugby Union team, 
Chairman of TVS, University of Western Sydney’s television service for Greater Sydney, Chairman of Art Exhibitions Australia, 
Vice President of Tennis Australia and a Director of the Deakin Foundation.

Mr Mitchell was appointed Companion of the Order of Australia in 2010 for eminent service to the community through leadership 
and philanthropic endeavours in the fi elds of art, health and education and as a supporter of humanitarian aid in Timor-Leste 
and Indigenous communities.

Mr Mitchell is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years: 
•  Mitchell Communication Group Limited – From 10 March 2000 to 24 November 2010 (removed from ASX)

Notes:
1. Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (previously Publishing and Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL). 

48

 
 
Company secretary details

Michael J Neilson BA, LLB 

Mr Neilson is Crown’s General Counsel and joint Company Secretary. Prior to his appointment with Crown, he was General 
Counsel for Crown Melbourne Limited, a position he held from 2004 to 2007. 

Prior to joining the Crown group, Mr Neilson spent 10 years in a commercial legal practice in Melbourne before joining 
the Lend Lease Group in Sydney in 1997 as General Counsel for Lend Lease Property Management. 

In 1998, he was appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary of General Property Trust, the position he held until 
joining Crown Melbourne Limited in 2004. 

Mr Neilson is also a member of the School Council of Camberwell Grammar School. 

Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD

Ms Manos was appointed joint Company Secretary in April 2008. She commenced employment with the Crown Group 
in October 2007 just prior to implementation of the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme. Prior to joining Crown, 
Ms Manos was a Senior Associate in a Melbourne law fi rm, specialising in mergers and acquisitions and corporate law. 
Ms Manos is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Other offi cer details 

In addition to the above, Crown’s principal offi cers include: 

•  Kenneth M Barton

Chief Financial Offi cer 

•  W Todd Nisbet

Executive Vice President, Strategy and Development

•  Barry J Felstead

Chief Executive Offi cer, Burswood Limited 

•  Greg F Hawkins

Deputy Chief Executive, Crown Melbourne Limited

Relevant interests of Directors 

Details of relevant interests of current Directors in Crown shares as at 30 June 2011 were as follows:

Director

John Alexander

Rowen Craigie

Rowena Danziger

Harold Mitchell

James Packer

Notes: 

Total number of ordinary shares1

506,047

2,341,1022

30,896

114,887

326,129,2443

1.  For more information on relevant interests of current Directors, please see the Remuneration Report and the key management personnel disclosures 

set out in the Notes to the Financial Statements. 

2.  Mr Craigie’s holding was entirely comprised of Crown Employee Share Plan shares.
3.  On 1 September 2011, Mr Packer notifi ed Crown and the ASX that Cairnton Holdings Limited, an entity controlled by Mr Packer, acquired 6 million ordinary shares. 

Accordingly, as at the date of this Report, Mr Packer has a relevant interest in a total of 332,129,244 ordinary shares.

None of Crown’s Directors is party to any contract which would give that Director the right to call for the delivery of shares 
in Crown.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

49

 
 
DI RECTORS’ STATU TORY REPO RT  CO NTINUED

Board and Committee meetings

Set out below are details of the number of Board meetings and Committee meetings held by Crown during the 2011 fi nancial 
year together with each Director’s attendance details.

Audit & Corporate 
Governance 
Committee

Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committee

Board

Occupational 
Health, Safety & 
Environment 
Committee

Risk Management 
Committee

Responsible 
Gaming Committee

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Held

Attended Held

Attended Held

Attended Held

Attended Held

Attended Held

Attended

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

2

2

2

2

2

2

J D Packer 

J H Alexander 

B A Brazil 

C D Corrigan 

R B Craigie 

R Danziger 

G J Dixon 

D L B Gyngell1

J S Horvath2

A P Jacob 

M R Johnston 

H C Mitchell3

R W Turner4

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

1

6

7

7

3

5

7

7

7

6

7

7

7

1

6

7

6

3

5

3

3

3

3

3

3

1.  Appointed 13 September 2010 and resigned 25 November 2010.
2.  Appointed 9 September 2010.
3.  Appointed 10 February 2011.
4.  Resigned 1 May 2011.

2

2

2

2

2

2

5

5

5

4

5

5

4

4

3

4

4

4

3

4

The Corporate Governance Statement includes details on Committee structure and membership during the year. 

Under Crown’s Constitution, its Board and Committee Charters, documents containing written resolutions assented to by 
Directors are to be taken as a minute of a meeting of Directors or of a Committee (as the case may be). There was one written 
resolution assented to by the Board this fi nancial year. There were also two written resolutions assented to by the Investment 
Committee, one by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and one by the Finance Committee. The Finance Committee 
and the Investment Committee did not formally meet this fi nancial year.

SHARES AND OPTIONS

Crown has not granted any options over unissued shares. There are no unissued shares or interests under option. 
No shares or interests have been issued during or since year end as a result of option exercise.

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE OF OFFICERS AND AUDITORS

Director and offi cer indemnities

Crown indemnifi es certain persons as detailed in its Constitution in accordance with the terms of the Crown Constitution.

Directors’ and offi cers’ Insurance

During the year Crown has paid insurance premiums to insure offi cers of the Crown group against certain liabilities.

The insurance contract prohibits disclosure of the nature of the insurance cover and the amount of the insurance payable.

50

 
 
AUDITOR INFORMATION

Auditor details

Ernst & Young has been appointed Crown’s auditor.

Mr Brett Kallio is the Ernst & Young partner responsible for the audit of Crown’s accounts.

True and fair information

There is no additional true and fair information included in the fi nancial report.

Non-audit services

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor are outlined 
in note 28 of the Financial Report.

The Directors are satisfi ed that the non-audit services are compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Corporations Act. The Board considers that the nature and scope of the services provided do not affect 
auditor independence.

Rounding

The amounts contained in the fi nancial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars (where rounding 
is applicable) under the option available to Crown under ASIC Class Order 98/0100. Crown is an entity to which the Class 
Order applies.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

51

 
 
Remuneration Report

INTRODUCTION

Content of the Report

This Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 June 2011, outlines the Director and executive remuneration arrangements 
of Crown in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act (Cth) 2001 and its Regulations. For the purposes of 
this report, key management personnel (KMP) of the Crown group are defi ned as those persons having authority and responsibility 
for planning, directing and controlling the major activities of the Crown group, directly or indirectly, including any Director 
(whether executive or otherwise) of the parent company. For further details of KMP, refer to note 30 of the Financial Report.

The disclosures in the Remuneration Report have been audited.

Persons to whom Report applies

The remuneration disclosures in this Report cover the following persons:

Non-Executive Directors
•  Benjamin A Brazil
•  Christopher D Corrigan
•  Rowena Danziger
•  Geoffrey J Dixon
•  David L Gyngell (appointed 13 September 2010 and resigned 25 November 2010)
•  John S Horvath (appointed 9 September 2010)
•  Ashok Jacob
•  Michael R Johnston
•  Harold C Mitchell (appointed 10 February 2011)
•  Richard W Turner (resigned 1 May 2011)

Executive Directors
•  James D Packer (Executive Chairman)
•  John H Alexander (Executive Deputy Chairman)
•  Rowen B Craigie (Managing Director and Chief Executive Offi cer)

Other company executives and key management personnel
•  Kenneth M Barton (Chief Financial Offi cer)
•  David G Courtney (Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown Melbourne Limited until 8 October 2010)
•  Barry J Felstead (Chief Executive Offi cer, Burswood Limited)
•  Greg F Hawkins (Deputy Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown Melbourne Limited from 6 December 2010)
•  W Todd Nisbet (Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development from 9 August 2010)

In this Report the group of persons comprised of the Executive Directors and the other company executives 
and key management personnel (listed above) are referred to as “Senior Executives”. 

As shareholders are aware, Crown acquired the majority of its gaming assets in December 2007 via two schemes of 
arrangement between the then Publishing and Broadcasting Limited (PBL) (now Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (CMH)), 
Crown and their respective shareholders. Remaining references in this report to the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme 
are references to those schemes. The disclosure document which detailed the terms of the Schemes (the PBL Scheme Booklet) 
remains available for viewing on the Crown website.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

52

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

OVERVIEW OF REMUNERATION POLICY

Philosophy

The performance of the Crown group is dependent upon the quality of its Directors, senior executives and employees. 

Crown seeks to attract, retain and motivate skilled Directors and senior executives of the highest calibre. 

Crown’s remuneration philosophy is to ensure that remuneration packages properly reflect a person’s duties and responsibilities, 
that remuneration is appropriate and competitive both internally and as against comparable companies and that there is a direct 
link between remuneration and performance. 

Crown has differing remuneration structures in place for Non-Executive Directors and senior executives.

Non-Executive Directors

The process for determining remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors has the objective of ensuring maximum benefit 
for Crown by the retention of a high quality Board. 

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee bears the responsibility of determining the appropriate remuneration for 
Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed periodically by the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee with reference taken to the fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors of comparable companies. The Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee is subject to the direction and control of the Board. 

In forming a view of the appropriate level of Board fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors, the Committee may also elect 
to receive advice from independent remuneration consultants, if necessary. 

Details regarding the composition of the Committee and its main objectives are outlined in the Corporate Governance Statement. 
During the year, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee was restructured so that it is now comprised solely of 
Non-Executive independent directors. 

No performance based fees are paid to Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in Crown’s 
long term incentive plan (described more fully below) and were not entitled to participate in Crown’s Executive Share Plan. 

Non-Executive Directors are not provided with retirement benefits other than statutory superannuation at the rate prescribed 
under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation. 

Senior Executives

The remuneration structure incorporates a mix of fixed and performance based remuneration. The following section provides 
an overview of the relevant elements of executive remuneration. The summary tables provided later in this Report indicate which 
elements apply to each Senior Executive.

DETAILS OF SENIOR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

Fixed remuneration

The objective of fixed remuneration is to provide a base level of remuneration which is appropriate to the Senior Executive’s 
responsibilities, the geographic location of the Senior Executive and competitive standing in the appropriate market. 

Fixed remuneration is therefore determined with reference to available market data, the scope and any unique aspects of an 
individual’s role and having regard to the qualifications and experience of the individual. From time to time, Crown seeks a range 
of specialist advice to establish the competitive remuneration for its Senior Executives. 

Fixed remuneration typically includes base salary and superannuation at the rate prescribed under the Superannuation 
Guarantee legislation, mobile telephone costs, complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Burswood and may include, 
at the election of the Senior Executive, other benefits such as a motor vehicle, additional contribution to superannuation, car 
parking and staff gym membership, aggregated with associated fringe benefits tax to represent the total employment cost (TEC) 
of the relevant Senior Executive to Crown. 

Fixed remuneration for the Senior Executives (except the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director) is reviewed annually 
by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Executive Chairman of Crown and is approved by the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

53

 
REMU NERATION R EPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

The review process measures the achievement by the Senior Executives of their Key Performance Objectives (KPOs) established 
at the beginning of the financial year (see further below), the performance of Crown and the business in which the Senior 
Executive is employed, relevant comparative remuneration in the market and relevant external advice. 

Fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director is reviewed by the Executive Chairman and approved 
annually following consideration by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of his or her performance against his or her 
annual KPOs. 

Any payments relating to redundancy or retirement are as specified in each relevant Senior Executive’s contract of employment. 
For summaries of Senior Executive contracts of employment, see page 61.

Performance based remuneration

The performance based components of remuneration for Senior Executives seek to align the rewards attainable by Senior 
Executives with the achievement of particular annual and long term objectives of Crown and the creation of shareholder value 
over the short and long term. The performance based components which applied to the Senior Executives during the year 
are as follows: 

•  Short Term Incentives (STI); 
•  Long Term Incentives (the Crown LTI); and 
•  an Executive Share Plan (ESP).

Short Term Incentives (STI)

The remuneration of the Senior Executives is linked to Crown’s short term annual performance through a cash-based STI. 

Individuals may be paid an STI following an assessment of the performance of the Crown group in the previous year and the 
performance of the individual against agreed annual KPOs. Senior Executives have a potential or target STI, which is subject 
to the Crown group’s performance and the achievement of the Senior Executive’s KPOs established at the beginning of each 
financial year. A key focus is on the achievement of the Crown group’s annual business plan and budget. 

Financial performance objectives (including performance against budgeted normalised EBITDA1 and/or net profi t after tax) have 
been chosen as Crown considers they are the best way to align performance outcomes with shareholder value.

Appropriate non-financial performance objectives (such as strategic goals, operational efficiencies and people development) 
are also included in a Senior Executive’s KPOs where they are within that Senior Executive’s sphere of influence and are relevant 
to the Senior Executive’s area of work. These metrics are aligned with the achievement of Crown’s business plan. 

The performance of each Senior Executive against the financial and non-financial KPOs is reviewed on an annual basis. 

Whether KPOs have been achieved is determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director having regard to the 
operational performance of the business or function in which the Senior Executive is involved and the Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director’s assessment of the attainment of the individual’s KPOs. 

The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and Executive Chairman review performance based remuneration 
entitlements and recommend the STI payments, subject to final approval by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. 

The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director’s eligibility for an STI is reviewed by the Executive Chairman and determined 
by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee on behalf of the Board.

2010 Crown LTI (Crown LTI)

The Crown LTI was designed as a successor long term incentive to the Gaming LTI (which ceased on 30 June 2010 and was 
described in previous Reports) and is designed to be paid to participating Senior Executives partly in cash and partly in Crown 
shares. The Crown LTI has been made available to selected senior executives with effect from 1 July 2010. The Crown LTI 
rewards relevant senior executives for achieving certain earnings per share targets over the four year period from 1 July 2010 
to 30 June 2014.

1 

In this Report, the term “normalised EBITDA” represents EBITDA which has been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP 
program play and the impact of significant items (where applicable).

54

 
Each relevant senior executive will be eligible to receive a bonus under the Crown LTI. The bonus will vest in tranches at the end 
of each fi nancial year from FY11 to FY14 if adjusted Crown group earnings per share, calculated as normalised net profi t after tax 
(excluding the contribution made by Melco Crown Entertainment Limited) divided by the weighted average number of Crown 
shares on issue (EPS) meets the relevant EPS target. Specifi cally, the bonus will vest in the following proportions: 15% if the 
FY11 EPS target is met; 20% if the FY12 EPS target is met; 25% if the FY13 EPS target is met; and 40% if the FY14 EPS 
target is met.

In each fi nancial year from FY11 to FY13, if Crown meets its EPS target in that fi nancial year, the cash proceeds of the vested 
cash bonus will then be used by Crown to purchase Crown shares on market which will be held on trust for the senior executive.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

In FY14, if Crown meets its EPS target in that fi nancial year, each senior executive will receive their bonus in cash.

If Crown does not reach its EPS target in FY11, FY12 or FY13 then a bonus for that year will not vest. However, if on a 
cumulative basis, the EPS targets over all four years are met, then at the end of FY14, any previously “unvested” bonuses 
will vest and be paid to the relevant senior executive in cash.

After the end of FY14, Crown will:

•  transfer any Crown shares held in trust on behalf of a senior executive to that senior executive; and
•  pay any cash component which may then be payable.

If a senior executive’s employment with Crown ceases, then the senior executive would not be entitled to any part of his 
or her Crown LTI bonus, except for where the senior executive’s employment has been terminated by Crown without cause, 
in which case the senior executive will be entitled to any vested bonus (in the form of shares held on trust). Shares may only 
be transferred to a senior executive if that transfer does not constitute an unlawful termination benefi t. Shares which cannot 
be transferred at the date of termination will only transfer to the senior executive after the end of FY14, in accordance with 
the terms of the Crown LTI.

In the case of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet, part of the bonus to which they are eligible (the MCE Contribution Bonus) 
is dependent on Melco Crown Entertainment Limited (MCE) achieving certain “Contribution” targets. MCE Contribution is defi ned 
as Crown’s percentage interest in MCE from time to time, multiplied by the normalised net profi t after tax of MCE in respect 
of each fi nancial year from FY11 to FY14. The MCE Contribution Bonus is independent of the portion of the bonus which is 
referrable to meeting the nominated earnings per share targets (EPS Bonus). Accordingly, Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet 
may achieve some or all of their entitlement to the MCE Contribution Bonus without achieving any part of the EPS Bonus and 
the converse also applies.

Of the senior executives named in this Report, fi ve participate in the Crown LTI. Details of potential Crown LTI cash bonuses are 
as follows:

Senior Executive

Rowen Craigie

Barry Felstead

Greg Hawkins*

Ken Barton

Todd Nisbet

Maximum Value 
over four year 
period

30 June 2011 
(15%)

30 June 2012 
(20%)

30 June 2013 
(25%)

30 June 2014 
(40%)

$12,300,000

$1,845,000

$2,460,000

$3,075,000

$3,600,000

$3,000,000

$4,500,000

$5,250,000

$540,000

$271,500

$675,000

$787,500

$720,000

$642,000

$900,000

$1,050,000

$900,000

$802,500

$1,125,000

$1,312,500

$4,920,000

$1,440,000

$1,284,000

$1,800,000

$2,100,000

*  Mr Hawkins’ commencement date with Crown Melbourne Limited was 6 December 2010. Accordingly, his fi rst year entitlement to an EPS Bonus has been reduced 

on a pro-rata basis to approximately seven months of participation in the Crown LTI. Had Mr Hawkins been a participant from 1 July 2010, his Maximum Value over 
the four year period would have been $3,210,000. The entitlements for 30 June 2012, 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2014 have been determined by reference to 
that Maximum value. On account of the pro rata reduction, the total possible EPS Bonus which Mr Hawkins may achieve is $3,000,000.

In FY11, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS target and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for FY11 have not vested. The MCE 
Contribution targets for FY11 were, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement to 15% of their potential MCE Contribution 
Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

55

 
REMU NERATION R EPORT CONTINUED

Set out below are the vested bonus amounts for the above participants in respect of FY11:

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Senior Executive

Rowen Craigie

Barry Felstead

Greg Hawkins

Ken Barton

Todd Nisbet

Maximum Value over 
four year period

Vested in relation to the fi nancial year 
ended 30 June 2011

$12,300,000

$3,600,000

$3,000,000

$4,500,000

$5,250,000

$270,000

Nil

Nil

$75,000

$135,000

In accordance with the rules of the Crown LTI, the vested component of the cash bonus will be applied by Crown to fund 
the purchase of Crown shares on market, which are to be held on trust for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet until 
the end of FY14.

Executive Share Plan (ESP)

During the year, certain Crown executives participated in an ESP which was approved by the PBL Shareholders 
at the 1994 Annual General Meeting.

The key features of the ESP are as follows:

•  Crown Directors determine the number of Crown shares to be issued under the ESP; 
•  the total number of shares which can be issued under the ESP is limited to 2% of the issued capital of Crown; 
•  the price payable for each Crown share issued under the ESP is the weighted average share market price over 

the five business days up to and including the date that the offer of Crown shares is accepted; 

•  on completion of each year of service after the issue date, and subject to the performance hurdle summarised below, 
25% of a participating executive’s Crown shares are released from restrictions on transfer, with the loan repayable 
in year five (Expiry Date); 

•  subscription moneys for shares are funded by a loan from Crown that is fully repayable after five years, or earlier, 

upon cessation of employment of the executive; 

•  if a participating executive sells Crown shares which are no longer subject to transfer restrictions before the Expiry Date, 
the executive must pay the issue price for each Crown share towards repayment of the relevant portion of the loan; 

•  loan funds provided by Crown to acquire shares are provided on a limited recourse basis; and 
•  interest payable on the loan funds is equal to dividends received on the relevant Crown shares from time to time. 

Crown ESP shares are subject to a performance condition, requiring a 7% compound annual growth in the Crown 
share price in order that the relevant portion of shares vest and be released from restrictions under the ESP. 

If a share price hurdle is not exceeded, that 25% share parcel remains restricted until the hurdle is exceeded in a subsequent 
anniversary. If the hurdle is ultimately not exceeded, the shares will be transferred back to Crown. 

Determination that hurdles have been achieved will be provided to the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 
by the Company Secretary. 

Only executives of Crown can participate in the ESP. Mr James Packer does not participate. 

There have been no issues of shares under the ESP since 2007 and there were no new issues of Crown ESP shares made in the 
2011 financial year. No new ESP shares will be issued in the future. None of the executives met their share price performance 
hurdles during the 2011 financial year. The consequence of this is that no issued ESP Shares were released from limitations 
under the Plan Rules. The ESP is now in run off mode. 

As at 30 June 2011, a total of 4,952,807 ESP shares were on issue, representing 0.65% of Crown’s capital. 

56

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

The Senior Executives who at 30 June 2011 had ESP shares for which loans were still outstanding, or had repaid loans during 
the year, are as follows:

Issue 
Price 
(Per 
Share)1

Number 
of Crown 
ESP 
Shares 
Issued

Released 
from 
Limitations 
During the 
year %2

Crown ESP 
Loan

Loan 
Outstanding

Number of 
ESP Shares 
for which 
Loan still 
outstanding

Shares 
sold 
During 
Year

Senior Executive

Issue Date

Rowen Craigie

30-Oct-06

$10.35

409,694

$4,242,000

30-Oct-06

$11.42

585,276

$6,682,500

23-Nov-07

$12.15

292,638

$3,556,875

NIL

NIL

NIL

$4,242,000

$6,682,500

$3,556,875

409,694

585,276

292,638

23-Nov-07

$12.29

1,053,494

$12,946,500

NIL

$12,946,500

1,053,494

David Courtney3

23-Feb-06

$10.35

204,847

$2,121,000

30-Aug-06

$11.42

263,374

$3,007,125

06-Mar-07

$12.15

175,581

$2,134,125

Barry Felstead4

30-Aug-06

$11.42

117,055

$1,336,500

06-Mar-07

$12.15

117,055

$1,422,750

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

$2,121,000

$3,007,125

$2,134,125

$1,336,500

$1,422,750

204,847

263,374

175,581

117,055

117,055

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

Loan 
Expiry Date

30-Oct-11

30-Oct-11

23-Nov-12

23-Nov-12

23-Feb-11

30-Aug-11

06-Mar-11

30-Aug-11

06-Mar-12

Notes:

1.  The fair value per Crown ESP share for each allotment date under the ESP is as follows: 23 February 2006: $1.92; 30 August 2006: $2.51; 6 March 2007: $3.72; 

21 June 2007: $3.77. Shares allotted to Mr Craigie on 23 February 2006 and 30 August 2006 were issued on 30 October 2006, following receipt of shareholder 
approval. Shares allotted to Mr Craigie on 6 March 2007 and 21 June 2007 were issued on 23 November 2007, following the receipt of shareholder approval. 
2.  None of the executives met their share price performance hurdles during FY11. The consequence of this is that no ESP Shares were released from limitations 

under the Plan Rules. These ESP Shares remained subject to the limitations under the Plan Rules.

3.  The fi ve year anniversary of the issue date of two tranches of shares held by Mr Courtney occurred during or since year end. Loans referrable to those shares 

have been recalled by Crown. The shares are in the process of being divested and the proceeds will be applied to satisfy outstanding loans owed 
by Mr Courtney to Crown on a limited recourse basis. 

4.  The fi ve year anniversary of the issue date of one tranche of shares held by Mr Felstead occurred after year end. Loans referrable to those shares have been 

recalled by Crown. The shares are in the process of being divested and the proceeds will be applied to satisfy outstanding loans owed by Mr Felstead to Crown 
on a limited recourse basis.

Relationship between policy and performance

As detailed above, various elements of Crown’s remuneration policy are linked to company performance, either by requiring 
the achievement of a predetermined earnings per share target or level of normalised EBITDA. In summary:

•  An STI may be payable if Crown achieves its budgeted fi nancial objectives and where an individual achieves his or her annual 

KPOs, assessed using a combination of fi nancial and non-fi nancial measures;

•  The Crown LTI may be payable where Crown achieves predetermined adjusted earnings per share targets in fi nancial years 

2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014;

•  A component of the Crown LTI may be payable to key senior executives involved in managing the performance 
of Melco Crown Entertainment Limited (MCE), where MCE has achieved predetermined contribution targets; and

•  The terms of the ESP include share price performance hurdles.

This year, normalised EBITDA generated by Crown Melbourne and Burswood, Crown’s wholly owned Australian casinos, grew 
by 1.8%. The compound average normalised EBITDA growth for Crown Melbourne and Burswood for the fi ve year period 
commencing from fi nancial year 2006 through to fi nancial year 2011 was 6.0%.

Crown was admitted to the offi cial list of the ASX on 3 December 2007. Accordingly, the table below sets out information about 
movements in shareholder wealth for the years ended 30 June 2008, 30 June 2009, 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2011.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

57

 
REMU NERATION R EPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Share price at start of period
Share price at end of period
Full year dividend
Basic/diluted earnings per share5

Notes:

Year ended
30 June 2008

Year ended
30 June 2009

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year Ended
30 June 2011

NA1
$9.29
54 cents2
54.58 cps

$9.29
$7.27
37 cents3
33.74 cps

$7.27
$7.77
37 cents3
38.54 cps

$7.77
$8.93
37 cents4
44.29 cps

1.  As Crown was admitted to the offi cial list of the ASX on 3 December 2007, there is no trading data for 1 July 2007.
2.  Franked to 40% with unfranked component made up of conduit foreign income.
3.  Franked to 60% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.
4.  Interim dividend franked to 60% and fi nal dividend franked to 50% with none of the unfranked components comprising conduit foreign income.
5.  Excluding the effect of discontinued operations and specifi c items.

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

Crown’s policy prohibits Directors and Senior Executives entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic 
risk. This is described in the Corporate Governance Statement.

REMUNERATION DETAILS FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND SENIOR EXECUTIVES

Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors are entitled to a base fee of $100,000 per annum for acting as a Director of Crown. 

Non-Executive Directors acting on the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited are entitled to receive a further fee 
of $60,000 per annum. 

Non-Executive Directors of Crown are entitled to additional fees if they act as either chair or a member of an active Committee 
(the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, the Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Committee, 
the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Risk Management Committee):

•  $20,000 per annum for acting as Chair of an active Board Committee; or
•  $10,000 per annum for acting as a member of an active Board Committee.

All Directors are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Burswood facilities.

In accordance with Crown’s constitution, Non-Executive Directors’ fees are currently determined within an aggregate 
Non-Executive Directors’ fee cap of $1,000,000 per annum.

Crown’s shareholders will be asked to consider increasing the fee cap to $1,300,000 per annum at the 2011 Annual General 
Meeting. Further details of the proposed increase are set out in the 2011 Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Set out below is a table showing Non Executive Director remuneration for fi nancial years 2011 and 2010.

58

 
Remuneration Table – Non-Executive Directors

Short Term Benefi ts

Financial
Year

Salary &
Fees

Non
Monetary

Other

Post-
employment 
Benefi t –
Superannuation

Long Term Incentives

Cash
Based

Equity
Based

Termina-
tion 
Benefi ts

Ben Brazil 1
Non-executive director

Christopher Corrigan
Non-executive director

Rowena Danziger 2, 4
Non-executive director

Geoffrey Dixon 
Non-executive director

David Gyngell 3
Non-executive director

John Horvath 2, 4
Non-executive director

Ashok Jacob 5
Non-executive director

Michael Johnston 5
Non-executive director

David Lowy 
Non-executive director

Harold Mitchell 6
Non-executive director

Richard Turner 2, 7
Non-executive director

2011 TOTALS

2010 TOTALS

Notes:

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

103,333

100,000

110,000

101,667

208,107

200,000

140,000

123,333

21,970

2011

151,288

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2011

2010

–

–

–

–

–

100,000

2,237

150,000

180,000

886,935

805,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,300

9,000 

9,900

9,150

–

–

–

4,777

1,977

13,616

–

–

–

–

–

9,000

40,000

–

–

74,793

31,927

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Total

112,633

109,000

119,900

110,817

208,107

200,000

140,000

128,110

23,947

164,904

–

–

–

–

–

109,000

42,237

150,000

180,000

961,728

836,927

1.  Mr Brazil replaced Mr Turner as the Chair of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee with effect from 1 May 2011. Mr Brazil’s fees therefore include 

two months worth of fees in respect of his role as Chair of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee.

2.  Mrs Danziger, Mr Turner and Professor Horvath each received Directors’ fees at a rate of $60,000 per annum for their participation on the Crown Melbourne 
Limited Board. As Mr Turner ceased being a director on 1 May 2011, his fees include 10 months worth of Directors’ fees for his role on the Board of Crown 
Melbourne Limited. Professor Horvath was appointed to the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited in September 2010 so his fees also include approximately 
10 months worth of Directors’ fees for his role on the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited.

3.  Mr Gyngell resigned as a director on 25 November 2010. His fees are representative of the period commencing 13 September 2010 through to 25 November 2010.
4.  An additional Board Committee, the Responsible Gaming Committee, was established during FY11. Further detail regarding the mandate of that Committee 

and its members is provided in the Corporate Governance Statement. Fees for Mrs Danziger and Professor Horvath include approximately 10 months service 
on the Responsible Gaming Committee in their capacities as a member and the Chair (respectively) of that Committee.

5.  Neither Mr Jacob nor Mr Johnston receives remuneration for their services to Crown.
6.  Mr Mitchell was appointed on 10 February 2011.
7.  Mr Turner resigned on 1 May 2011.

Senior Executives

Senior Executives are employed under service agreements with Crown or a business of the Crown group. Common features 
to these service agreements include (unless noted otherwise):

•  an annual review of the executive’s fi xed remuneration, with any increases requiring approval of the Chief Executive 

Offi cer and Managing Director and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and dependent on Crown’s fi nancial 
performance, the individual’s KPO performance and market changes;

•  competitive performance based incentive payments annually and in the long term, dependent upon Crown achieving 

its objectives and the Senior Executive achieving his or her KPOs;

•  Crown may ask the executive to act as a Director of a member or associate of the Crown group for no additional remuneration;
•  a prohibition from gambling at any property within the Crown group during the term of employment and for three months 
following termination and a requirement that the executive maintains licences required and issued by relevant regulatory 
authorities (such as the Victorian Commission for Gambling Regulation and the Western Australian Gaming and 
Wagering Commission);

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

59

 
REMU NERATION R EPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

•  where post-employment restraints apply, a restraint covering, amongst other things, competitive activities to those 

of the Crown group. Restraint periods vary and have been noted in each instance;

•  where an employment agreement is terminated by Crown, notice may be given in writing or payment may be made 

(wholly or partly) in lieu of notice; 

•  all contracts may be terminated without notice by Crown for serious misconduct; and 
•  all Senior Executives are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Burswood facilities.

Specifi c details of each Senior Executive’s contract of employment which applied during the fi nancial year ending 30 June 2011 
are summarised in the tables on the following pages. Where a Senior Executive has had more than one contract of employment 
during the year, or where a new contract of employment has been entered into post year end, this has been noted in those tables. 
The following is a list of those Senior Executives who have entered into revised contracts of employment at or post year end 
together with a summary of the key differences between their old and new contracts of employment. The summaries should 
be read in conjunction with the Remuneration Policy described earlier. The table summarising the FY11 remuneration for 
Senior Executives follows the contract summaries.

Summary of New or Amended Contracts of Employment

Senior Executive

Rowen B Craigie

Date of new or amended 
contract of employment

New contract of 
employment entered into 
with a commencement date 
of 15 September 2011.

Barry J Felstead

New contract of 
employment entered into 
with a commencement 
date of 24 June 2011.

Key changes from previous contract

The term of Mr Craigie’s contract has been extended and will now 
expire on 30 November 2015.

Mr Craigie’s post employment restraint will apply for periods of up 
to 24 months.

Subject to the receipt of shareholder approval, Mr Craigie will be 
entitled to receive a severance payment equal to 24 months’ fi xed 
remuneration in the event of early termination of his employment 
by Crown. The imposition of Mr Craigie’s post employment 
restraint is conditional upon receipt of this severance payment.

Mr Craigie has been invited to participate in the Crown LTI. 
The details of his participation are set out above.

Mr Felstead’s new contract of employment has no fi xed term 
and may be terminated by Mr Felstead on 6 months’ notice 
or by Crown on 12 months’ notice.

Mr Felstead’s post employment restraint will apply for periods 
of up to 12 months.

Mr Felstead has been invited to participate in the Crown LTI. 
The details of his participation are set out above.

W Todd Nisbet

Extension of contract 
entered into on 
30 August 2011.

The term of Mr Nisbet’s contract has been extended and will now 
expire 30 November 2014.

All other terms remain unchanged.

60

 
Summary of Contracts of Employment Applicable During the Year Ended 30 June 2011

Current Position 

James D Packer 

Executive Chairman 

Fixed Remuneration 

Base salary: 

Nil.

The Executive Chairman, Mr Packer does 
not receive any remuneration for his services 
to Crown. Mr Packer acts as a Director of 
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd, a company 
in which Crown has a signifi cant investment. 
Mr Packer does not receive a fee from Crown 
for these services. 

John H Alexander 

Executive Deputy Chairman 
(commenced 1 December 2007):

Mr Alexander currently has a fi ve year employment 
agreement with Crown Limited which is due to 
expire in December 2012. 

$1,484,801 per annum 
(increasing annually by CPI)2.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Superannuation 

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $15,199 per annum.

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other: 

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Burswood facilities. 

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Burswood facilities and superannuation.

Performance based remuneration  Not applicable 

Not applicable 

2011 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration 

Not applicable 

Fixed remuneration1 
100% 

STI 
0% 

LTI
0%

Post employment benefi ts 

Not applicable 

Nil 

Post-employment restraint 

Not applicable 

Termination 

By Senior Executive: 

By Crown: 

Termination benefi ts 

Payments made prior to 
commencement 

Directors’ Fees 

Other 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Nil 

Nil 

Crown may impose a restraint for the fi ve year term 
of Mr Alexander’s employment agreement up to 
30 November 2012. 

12 months’ notice.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity. 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil

Nil

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.
2.  Mr Alexander’s CPI review in the 2008-2011 fi nancial years has been deferred with his consent.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

61

 
 
 
REMU NERATION R EPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Current Position 

Fixed Remuneration 

Base salary: 

Superannuation 

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other: 

Performance based remuneration 

STI:

LTI:

Rowen B Craigie

Kenneth M Barton

Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director 
(commenced 1 December 2007): During FY11, 
Mr Craigie had a fi ve year employment agreement 
with Crown Limited which was due to expire in 
December 2012. Mr Craigie entered into a new 
contract of employment on 15 September 2011.

Chief Financial Offi cer, Crown Limited 
(commenced 9 March 2010): Mr Barton’s 
employment contract with Crown Limited 
commenced on 9 March 2010 and expires 
in March 2015.

$2,984,801 per annum.

$1,234,801 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $15,199 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $15,199 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Burswood facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation.

Discretionary up to a maximum of $2,000,000 
of which up to a maximum of $1,000,000 
is assessed by the Executive Chairman based 
on the achievement of personal KPOs. A further 
$1,000,000 may be paid at the discretion of the 
Crown Board if Crown’s performance substantially 
exceeds that set out in Crown’s business plan 
and represents an exemplary outcome.

Participation in the Gaming LTI until F10 when 
that LTI ceased. The Gaming LTI was described 
in detail in previous Reports.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Burswood facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation. Until Mr Barton relocates 
to Melbourne, Crown will meet the weekly travel 
costs of his Melbourne/Sydney commuting and will 
provide hotel accommodation while in Melbourne.

Mr Barton’s annual target STI is $500,000 and 
payment depends on meeting agreed personal 
KPOs. The STI may, at the discretion of the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee, be 
increased to a maximum of $750,000 if Mr Barton 
exceeds his KPOs and Crown also achieves its 
performance objectives.

Mr Barton has been invited to participate in the 
Crown LTI. Subject to achieving internal earnings 
per share targets in FY11, FY12, FY13 and FY14, 
Mr Barton is eligible to receive up to $4,500,000 
(15% for FY11, 20% for FY12, 25% for FY13 
and 40% for FY14). See further page 55.

2011 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration 

Fixed remuneration1 
39% 

STI 
8% 

LTI
53%

Fixed remuneration1 
46% 

STI 
14% 

LTI
40%

Post employment benefi ts 

Nil

Post-employment restraint 

Crown may impose a restraint for various 
periods up to 36 months. Depending on the 
circumstances, Mr Craigie may be entitled to 
an additional payment in consideration for the 
restraint. Mr Craigie may also be paid an amount 
equivalent to his monthly fi xed remuneration for 
any period during which a restraint applies.

Nil

Nil.

Termination 

By Senior Executive: 

12 months’ notice.

6 months’ notice.

By Crown: 

Termination benefi ts 

Payments made prior to 
commencement 

Directors’ Fees 

Other 

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues (following least 
three months’ notice to improve); three months’ 
notice for incapacity.

6 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice 
for performance issues (following least 3 months’ 
notice to improve); 3 months’ notice for incapacity.

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

A $400,000 sign on payment in 2010 less 
applicable taxes in order to compensate Mr Barton 
for unvested incentives forfeited on cessation of 
employment with his previous employer.

Nil

A summary of the terms of the 2010 Crown LTI 
to which Mr Craigie is a member is set out on 
page 54.

A summary of the terms of the 2010 Crown LTI 
to which Mr Barton is a member is set out on 
page 54.

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

62

 
Current Position 

Fixed Remuneration 

Base salary: 

Superannuation 

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other: 

David G Courtney

Barry J Felstead

Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown Melbourne 
Limited (from 6 March 2007 to 8 October 
2010): Mr Courtney’s employment contract with 
Crown Melbourne commenced on 6 March 2007 
and was due to expire on 5 March 2012.

Chief Executive Offi cer, Burswood Limited 
(from 6 March 2007): During FY11, Mr Felstead 
had an employment contract with Burswood which 
commenced on 6 March 2007 and was due to 
expire on 5 March 2012. Mr Felstead entered into 
a new contract of employment on 24 June 2011.

$1,344,801 per annum.

$984,801 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $15,199 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $15,199 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Burswood facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and 
Burswood facilities, mobile telephone and salary 
sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle and 
superannuation. Mr Felstead is entitled to one 
annual economy airfare between Perth and 
Melbourne for himself and his family.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Performance based remuneration 

STI:

LTI:

Discretionary STI based on the performance of 
Crown Limited and the achievement of personal 
KPOs. Mr Courtney’s annual target STI is 40% 
of his TEC.

Discretionary STI based on the performance of 
Crown and the achievement of personal KPOs. 
Mr Felstead’s annual target STI is 40% of his TEC.

Participation in the Gaming LTI until F10 when 
that LTI ceased. The Gaming LTI was described 
in detail in previous Reports.

Participation in the Gaming LTI until F10 when 
that LTI ceased. The Gaming LTI was described 
in detail in previous Reports.

2011 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration 

Fixed remuneration1 
97% 

STI 
1% 

LTI
2%

Fixed remuneration1 
42% 

STI 
17% 

LTI
41%

Post employment benefi ts 

Nil

Nil

Post-employment restraint 

Crown may impose various restraint periods 
up to a period of 36 months post employment. 
Depending on the circumstances, Mr Courtney 
may be entitled to an additional payment in 
consideration for the restraint. Mr Courtney may 
also be paid an amount equivalent to his monthly 
fi xed remuneration for any period during which 
a restraint applies.

Crown may impose various restraint periods up to a 
period of 36 months post employment. Depending 
on the circumstances, Mr Felstead may be entitled 
to an additional payment in consideration for the 
restraint. Mr Felstead may also be paid an amount 
equivalent to his monthly fi xed remuneration for any 
period during which a restraint applies.

Termination 

By Senior Executive: 

12 months’ notice.

12 months’ notice.

By Crown: 

Termination benefi ts 

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ notice 
due to incapacity.

24 months fi xed remuneration upon cessation 
of employment – see further the disclosures 
accompanying the Senior Executive remuneration 
table below.

Nil

Nil

Nil

A summary of the terms of the 2010 Crown LTI 
to which Mr Felstead is a member is set out on 
page 54.

Payments made prior to 
commencement 

Directors’ Fees 

Other 

Nil

Nil

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

63

 
REMU NERATION R EPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Current Position 

Fixed Remuneration 

Base salary: 

Superannuation 

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other: 

Greg F Hawkins

W. Todd Nisbet

Deputy Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown 
Melbourne Limited (from 6 December 2010): 
Mr Hawkins’ employment contract with Crown 
Melbourne commenced on 6 December 2010 
and will expire in accordance with its terms.

Executive Vice President – Strategy and 
Development, Crown Limited (from 9 August 
2010): Mr Nisbet’s employment contract with 
Crown Limited commenced on 9 August 2010 
and was due to expire in August 2013. Mr Nisbet’s 
contract of employment was extended on 
30 August 2011.

$884,801 per annum.

$1,500,000 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $15,199 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $15,199 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Burswood facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation.

Mr Hawkins was previously employed by Crown 
Melbourne Limited to act in a Chief Executive Role 
on a secondment basis at Crown’s investment 
properties in Macau.

Under that contract of employment, upon his 
return to Australia, Mr Hawkins was entitled 
reasonable relocation expenses for Mr Hawkins 
and his family. The value of that benefi t has 
been included in the Senior Executive 
remuneration table.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Burswood facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation. 

Mr Nisbet is entitled to Relocation Benefi ts to 
assist with the relocation of him and his family 
from Nevada, USA to Melbourne. 

During Mr Nisbet’s employment with Crown, he will 
also be entitled to additional customary expatriate 
benefi ts for himself and his family.

Upon cessation of employment Mr Nisbet will be 
entitled to relocation benefi ts for him and his family 
to Las Vegas.

Performance based remuneration 

STI:

LTI:

Discretionary STI based on the performance of 
Crown Limited and the achievement of personal 
KPOs. Mr Hawkins’ annual target STI is 40% 
of his TEC.

Discretionary STI based on the performance of 
Crown and the achievement of personal KPOs. 
Mr Nisbet’s annual target STI is 50% of his 
base salary.

Mr Hawkins has been invited to participate in the 
Crown LTI. Subject to achieving internal earnings 
per share targets in FY11, FY12, FY13 and FY14, 
Mr Hawkins is eligible to receive up to $3,000,000 
(8.5% for FY11, 20% for FY12, 25% for FY13 
and 40% for FY14). See further page 55.

Mr Nisbet has been invited to participate in the 
Crown LTI. Subject to achieving internal earnings 
per share targets in FY11, FY12, FY13 and FY14, 
Mr Nisbet is eligible to receive up to $5,250,000 
(15% for FY11, 20% for FY12, 25% for FY13 
and 40% for FY14). See further page 55.

2011 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration 

Fixed remuneration1 
45% 

STI 
0% 

LTI
55%

Fixed remuneration1 
45% 

STI 
20% 

LTI
35%

Post employment benefi ts 

Nil

Nil

Po   st-employment restraint 

Crown may impose various restraint periods up 
to a period of up to 12 months post employment. 

Crown may impose various restraint periods up 
to a period of up to 12 months post employment. 

Termination 

By Senior Executive: 

6 months’ notice.

6 months’ notice.

By Crown: 

Termination benefi ts 

Payments made prior to 
commencement 

Directors’ Fees 

Other 

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

A summary of the terms of the 2010 Crown LTI 
to which Mr Hawkins is a member is set out on 
page 54.

A summary of the terms of the 2010 Crown LTI 
to which Mr Nisbet is a member is set out on 
page 54.

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

64

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Remuneration table for Senior Executives

The structure of senior executive remuneration has been described in detail in this Report, both generically and specifi cally 
in relation to each named Senior Executive. In addition, a table summarising all remuneration to be attributed to each Senior 
Executive for the fi nancial years ending 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010 is set out below. Accounting Standards are prescriptive 
in relation to the required presentation of remuneration tables. Accordingly, as an aid to understanding, the following additional 
information should be read in conjunction with the table set out below.

Fixed Remuneration

None of Messrs Alexander, Craigie or Barton received an increase to their fi xed remuneration in fi nancial year 2011 as compared 
with fi nancial year 2010.

For the same period, Mr Courtney received an increase to his fi xed remuneration of 3.4% and Mr Felstead received a more 
substantial increase of 36% in recognition that his remuneration had previously been unrefl ective of his status as a Chief 
Executive Offi cer of a major business unit. As noted in the table below, Mr Courtney subsequently ceased performing 
the role of Chief Executive Offi cer of Crown Melbourne on 8 October 2010.

Messrs Nisbet and Hawkins commenced new roles with the Group in fi nancial year 2011, which has resulted in them being 
included in this Report as Senior Executives. Each of Mr Nisbet and Mr Hawkins were required to relocate with their families 
to Melbourne, Australia to take up their respective roles. In Mr Nisbet’s case, he relocated from Las Vegas in the USA and, 
in Mr Hawkins’ case, he relocated from Macau. Crown met the once off costs associated with Mr Nisbet’s and Mr Hawkins’ 
respective relocations and these have been reported as part of their fi xed remuneration. Going forward, Mr Nisbet will also be 
entitled to additional customary benefi ts relating to his relocation as described in the summary of his employment contract.

Short Term Incentives (STI)

As the Group fi nancial results were mixed but a number of non fi nancial KPOs were met, the award of STI bonuses in relation to 
fi nancial year 2011 was also mixed and depended largely on the achievement of individual KPOs of the relevant Senior Executive.

Long Term Incentives (LTI)

As summarised earlier, relevant Senior Executives may be eligible to participate in one or both of Crown’s existing long term 
incentives, the Executive Share Plan (ESP) and the Crown LTI.

The ESP continues in operation but is in run off mode. Effectively, all ESP shares are “out of the money” and are of no practical 
value to Senior Executives. Accounting Standards, however, require a value to be placed on these shares and they are therefore 
included in the remuneration table.

Similarly, in accordance with relevant accounting standards, the Crown LTI is included in the remuneration for each Senior 
Executive on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this fi nancial report that the performance condition 
and service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefi ts will vest for the Senior 
Executives at a different rate. Accordingly, 25% of the total Crown LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive is potentially 
eligible will be included in the remuneration table for each of the four active years of the plan, regardless of whether a bonus 
has vested or not.

As explained earlier, the fi rst tranche of the Crown LTI represents only 15% of the total Crown LTI bonus for which each Senior 
Executive is eligible. The earnings per share hurdle for this fi rst hurdle of the Crown LTI for fi nancial year 2011 was not met, but 
the MCE Contribution hurdle was met, resulting in 15% of the MCE Contribution portion of the Crown LTI for eligible Senior 
Executives vesting. Detail of the actual sums vested to relevant Senior Executives has been provided earlier.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

65

 
REMU NERATION R EPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

James Packer
Executive Chairman

John Alexander
Executive Deputy 
Chairman

Ken Barton1
Chief Financial Offi cer

Rowen Craigie
Chief Executive Offi cer & 
Managing Director

David Courtney 2

Barry Felstead
Chief Executive Offi cer 
Burswood Limited

Greg Hawkins 3
Deputy Chief Executive 
Offi cer Crown Melbourne 
Limited

Todd Nisbet 4
Executive Vice President 
– Strategy & 
Development

Rob Turner 5

2011 TOTALS

2010 TOTALS

Notes:

Short Term Benefi ts

Financial
Year

Salary &
Fees

Non
Monetary

Other

STI

% of
max STI

Post-
employment 
Benefi ts –
Super-
annuation6

Long Term Incentives

Equity
Based –
Crown LTI8

 Cash
Based

 Equity
Based –
ESP7

Termina-
tion
Benefi ts

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

 – 

 – 

1,484,801

1,485,539

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,234,801

44,220

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

400,000

384,987

15,726

400,000

130,000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

80%

84%

60%

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

10,856

2,984,801

2,985,539

1,335,000

1,290,000

984,801

720,539

522,836

 – 

600,000

 –  1,000,000

100%

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

74,521

526,000

400,000

400,000

50%

100%

100%

135%

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –  1,125,000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –  3,075,000

1,035,275

Total 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 –  1,500,000

 –  1,500,000

 –  2,819,220

 – 

937,944

7,710,275

1,666,667

 –  1,503,585

 –  7,170,252

 – 

 – 

110,161 3,790,845

5,335,527

750,000

323,230

 – 

900,000

68,211

333,333

147,750

 –  2,914,230

 –  2,368,211

 –  1,626,939

 – 

 – 

15,199

14,461

15,199

7,231

15,199

14,461

25,000

25,000

15,199

14,461

 – 

87,320

 – 

 – 

11,400

 – 

750,000

 – 

 –  1,371,556

2011

1,346,587

 – 

326,053

750,000

100%

15,199

 –  1,312,500

 – 

 –  3,750,339

2011

2010

 – 

737,206

9,893,627

7,603,810

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

44,220

26,582

413,373 2,224,521

400,000 2,056,000

 – 

 – 

–

–

 – 

14,461

112,395

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

149,818 1,435,000

2,336,485

7,162,500

1,213,647 3,790,845 24,855,128

90,075

2,750,000

–

2,124,383 1,435,000 16,485,850

1.  Mr Barton commenced in his role as Chief Financial Offi cer on 9 March 2010. Mr Barton’s contract included provision for a $400,000 sign on payment less 

applicable taxes in order to compensate Mr Barton for unvested incentives forfeited on cessation of employment with his previous employer. Mr Barton received 
a total STI payment of $530,000 which, in accordance with his contract of employment relates to performance for both the 2010 and 2011 fi nancial years on 
a pro-rata basis. The STI has therefore been split over the two years in the above table.

2.  Mr Courtney ceased performing the role of Chief Executive Offi cer of Crown Melbourne Limited on 8 October 2010. In accordance with the terms of his 

Employment Agreement, Mr Courtney will remain an employee of the Crown Group until 8 October 2011 (representing a 12 month notice period) at which time 
he will be paid a severance payment in accordance with his Employment Agreement which includes an entitlement to a payment of 24 months fi xed remuneration 
upon cessation of employment. Those amounts have been accrued for in the 2011 fi nancial year and are therefore included in the above table under the heading 
of Termination Benefi ts. Mr Courtney’s STI represents 50% of his maximum target STI on a pro rata basis over the period 1 July 2010 to 8 October 2010 when 
he ceased performing the role of Chief Executive Offi cer of Crown Melbourne Limited.

3.  Mr Hawkins commenced in his role as Deputy Chief Executive Offi cer on 6 December 2010. Mr Hawkins will be eligible for an STI payment in the 2012 fi nancial 
year which will be referable to the period of service commencing from 6 December 2010. Refer to the summary of Mr Hawkins’ contract of employment for 
a description of the other one off short term relocation entitlements to which Mr Hawkins was entitled upon his return to Australia from Macau.

4.  Mr Nisbet commenced in his role as Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development on 9 August 2010. Refer to the summary of Mr Nisbet’s contract 

of employment for a description of the other short term entitlements to which Mr Nisbet is entitled.

5.  Mr Turner ceased employment with Crown on 31 May 2010. Remuneration disclosures were made in respect of the 11 month period ending 31 May 2010. 

The $1,435,000 termination payment to Mr Turner represented an $820,000 payment in lieu of 12 months notice and a $615,000 agreed severance payment.
6.  Long service leave accrued balances have increased during the fi nancial year ended 30 June 2011 for the following Senior Executives: Mr Alexander $24,983, 

Mr Barton, $20,820, Mr Craigie, $49,967, Mr Courtney $22,655, Mr Felstead $16,667, Mr Hawkins $14,824, Mr Nisbet $22,540.

7.  AASB 2 “Share-Based Payment” requires an entity to recognise the effects of modifi cations that increase the total fair value of the share-based payment 

arrangement or are otherwise benefi cial to the employee. As the modifi cation to the ESP post Demerger reduced the total fair value of the share-based payment 
arrangement, Crown continued to account for the services rendered as consideration for the equity instruments granted as if the modifi cation had not occurred. 
The allocation of the expenses for Equity Based payments to the Senior Executives made following the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme was consistent 
with the split of the PBL ESP Loan as between CMH and Crown Limited (25 percent/75 percent). 

8.  The Crown LTI has been included in  total remuneration on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this fi nancial report that the 

performance condition and service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefi ts will vest for the Senior Executives 
at a different rate.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

J D Packer 
Director 

Melbourne, 16th day of September, 2011

R B Craigie
Director

66

 
 
A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s

I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
c
e
D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

l

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

67

 
 
I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t

68

 
 
I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

69

 
 
D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

l

D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

Directors’ Declaration

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors, we declare as follows:

In the opinion of the directors:

1.  the fi nancial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(a)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s fi nancial position as at 30 June 2011 and of its performance 

for the year ended on that date; and

(b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and 

the Corporations Regulations 2001;

2.  the fi nancial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed 

in note 1 of the Financial Report; and

3.  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the consolidated entity will be able to pay its debts as and when they 

become due and payable.

4.  this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance 

with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the fi nancial year ending 30 June 2011.

5.  as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group 
identifi ed in note 32 of the Financial Report will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or 
may become subject, by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.

On behalf of the Board

J D Packer
Director

R B Craigie
Director

Melbourne, 16th day of September, 2011

70

 
Financial Report

CONTENTS

72
Income 
Statement

75 
Cash Flow 
Statement

73
Statement of 
Comprehensive 
Income

74
Statement of 
Financial Position

76
Statement of 
Changes in Equity

77
Notes to the 
Financial Statements

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

71

FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Income Statement

For the year ended 30 June 2011

I

n
c
o
m
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Continuing Operations 

Revenues  

Other income 

Expenses  

Note 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

3 

3 

3 

 2,409,241  

 2,342,248 

 403  

 10,455 

(1,959,351)  

(1,811,811) 

Share of profi ts / (losses) of associates and joint venture entities 

2,10 

 32,366  

(69,457) 

Profi t before income tax and fi nance costs 

Finance costs 

Profi t before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Net profi t after tax 

 482,659  

 471,435 

3 

(75,545)  

(84,126) 

 407,114  

 387,309 

2,5 

(71,259)  

(95,016) 

 335,855  

 292,293 

The above Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Earnings per share (EPS) 

Basic EPS 

Diluted EPS 

EPS calculation is based on the weighted average number 
of shares on issue throughout the period 

Dividends per share 

Current year fi nal dividend proposed  

Current year interim dividend paid  

2011 
Cents 
per share 

2010
Cents
per share

Note 

29 

29 

4 

4 

44.29  

44.29  

 38.54 

 38.54 

 19.00  

 18.00  

 19.00 

 18.00 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 30 June 2011

Net profi t after tax 

Other Comprehensive Income 

Foreign currency translation (1) 

Movement in cashfl ow hedge reserve 

Unrealised gain / (loss) on investments in associates 

Other comprehensive income / (loss) for the period, net of income tax 

Total comprehensive income / (loss) for the period 

Note 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 335,855  

 292,293 

21 

21 

21 

(205,916)  

(19,230)  

 500  

(63,781) 

 30,680 

(4,061) 

(224,646)  

(37,162) 

 111,209  

 255,131

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
v
e

i

I

n
c
o
m
e

(1)   The movement in the foreign currency translation reserve is largely attributable to foreign exchange movements relating to Crown’s equity 

accounted investment in Melco Crown.

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Statement of Financial Position

At 30 June 2011

Current Assets 

  Cash and cash equivalents 

  Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

  Prepayments 

  Other fi nancial assets 

  Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

  Receivables 

  Other fi nancial assets 

Investments 

Investments in associates 

  Property, plant and equipment 

  Licences 

  Other intangible assets 

  Deferred tax assets 

  Other assets 

  Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current Liabilities 

  Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Income tax payable 

  Provisions 

  Other fi nancial liabilities 

  Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

  Other payables 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

  Deferred tax liabilities 

  Provisions 

  Other fi nancial liabilities 

  Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

  Contributed equity 

  Reserves 

  Retained earnings 

Total equity 

Note 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

24 

 183,699  

 196,395 

6 

7 

8 

6 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

5 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

16 

17 

5 

18 

19 

20 

21 

21 

 123,756  

 147,252 

 18,070  

 17,122  

 7,775  

 16,328 

 12,197 

 1,971 

 350,422  

 374,143 

 131,477  

 128,158 

 24,051  

 6,045 

 98,658  

 106,634 

 851,721  

 1,029,669 

 2,514,905  

 2,320,459 

 664,455  

 651,926 

 213,030  

 175,370 

 108,731  

 111,081 

 66,325  

 65,636 

 4,673,353  

 4,594,978 

 5,023,775  

 4,969,121 

 237,889  

 292,283 

 19,752  

 135,236 

 39,025  

 33,117 

 102,917  

 113,320 

 2,276  

 – 

 401,859  

 573,956 

 –  

 67 

 1,049,707  

 712,758 

 209,925  

 207,098 

 27,699  

 74,225  

 15,337 

 40,600 

 1,361,556  

 975,860 

 1,763,415  

 1,549,816 

 3,260,360  

 3,419,305 

 645,475  

 638,690 

 225,788  

 448,751 

 2,389,097  

 2,331,864 

 3,260,360  

 3,419,305

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

P
o
s

i
t
i
o
n

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Statement

For the year ended 30 June 2011

Cash fl ows from operating activities 

  Receipts from customers 

  Payments to suppliers and employees 

  Dividends received 

Interest received 

  Borrowing costs 

Income tax paid 

l

C
a
s
h
F
o
w
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Note 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 2,438,649  

 2,325,096 

(1,833,769)  

(1,660,736) 

 19  

 5,377  

 26 

 7,301 

(86,002)  

(89,773) 

(73,305)  

(114,457) 

Net cash fl ows from/(used in) operating activities 

24b 

 450,969  

 467,457 

Cash fl ows from investing activities 

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

  Payment in respect of licences  

  Payment for purchases of equity investments 

  Payment for the acquisition of controlled entities 

  Purchase of investments 

  Net proceeds from sale of equity investments 

  Loans to associated entities 

  Repayment of loans from associated entities 

  Other (net) 

Net cash fl ows from/(used in) investing activities 

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities 

  Proceeds from borrowings 

  Repayment of borrowings 

  Dividends paid  

  ESP proceeds received 

Net cash fl ows from/(used in) fi nancing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash (1) 

22 

(351,537)  

(356,270) 

 454  

 13,809 

(20,000)  

(15,106)  

(55,134)  

 –  

 –  

(51,188)  

 28,051  

(2,686)  

 – 

 – 

 – 

(20,584) 

 84,671 

(4,000) 

 – 

(3,177) 

(467,146)  

(285,551) 

 660,341  

 250,000 

(384,600)  

(450,000) 

(278,622)  

(278,417) 

 6,785  

 3,904  

 2,893 

(475,524) 

(12,273)  

(293,618) 

 196,395  

 515,498 

(423)  

(25,485) 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the fi nancial year 

24a 

 183,699  

 196,395

(1)  Prior period represents foreign exchange movements in USD cash offset by an equivalent movement in USD borrowings.

The above Cash Flow Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 June 2011

Ordinary   Retained  
Earnings  
$’000 

Shares 
$’000 

Net  
  Unrealised 

Foreign

Gains   Translation  
Reserve 
$’000 

Currency  Cashfl ow  Employee 
Benefi ts  
Reserve 
$’000 

Hedge  
Reserve 
$’000 

Reserve 
$’000 

Total
Equity        
$’000

Year ended 30 June 2011 

Balance at 1 July 2010 

 638,690  

 2,331,864  

 628,532  

(157,888)  

(33,220)  

 11,327  

 3,419,305 

Profi t for the period 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 
for the period 

 –  

 –  

 335,855  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 500  

(205,916)  

(19,230)  

 –  

 –  

 335,855 

(224,646) 

 –  

 335,855  

 500  

(205,916)  

(19,230)  

 –  

 111,209 

Dividends paid 

ESP proceeds received 

Share based payments expense 

 –  

(278,622)  

 6,785  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 1,683  

(278,622) 

 6,785 

 1,683 

Balance at 30 June 2011 

 645,475  

 2,389,097  

 629,032  

(363,804)  

(52,450)  

 13,010  

 3,260,360 

Year ended 30 June 2010 

Balance at 1 July 2009 

 634,364  

 2,317,988  

 632,593  

(94,107)  

(63,900)  

 9,392  

 3,436,330 

Profi t for the period 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 
for the period 

 –  

 –  

 292,293  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

(4,061)  

(63,781)  

 30,680  

 –  

 –  

 292,293 

(37,162) 

 –  

 292,293  

(4,061)  

(63,781)  

 30,680  

 –  

 255,131 

Dividends paid 

ESP proceeds received 

Transfers 

Share based payments expense 

 –  

(278,417)  

 2,893  

 1,433  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

(1,433)  

(278,417) 

 2,893 

 – 

 3,368  

 3,368 

Balance at 30 June 2010 

 638,690  

 2,331,864  

 628,532  

(157,888)  

(33,220)  

 11,327  

 3,419,305 

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f

C
h
a
n
g
e
s

i

n
E
q
u
i
t
y

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 30 June 2011

1.  Summary of Signifi cant Accounting Policies 

(a)  Basis of preparation

This fi nancial report is a general-purpose fi nancial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and other authorative pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board. The fi nancial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative 
fi nancial instruments and investments that have been measured at fair value and investments in associates accounted 
for using the equity method. 

The fi nancial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000) 
unless otherwise stated under the option available to the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/100. The Company is 
an entity to which the class order applies.

The fi nancial report of Crown Limited and its controlled entities for the year ended 30 June 2011 was authorised for 
issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 15 September 2011 subject to fi nal approval by a sub committee.

(b)  Statement of compliance

The fi nancial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board 
and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The Group has adopted the following accounting standards, which became applicable from 1 July 2010:

–  AASB 2009-5 – Further Amendments Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project 

–  AASB 124 – Related Party Disclosures

–  AASB 9 – Financial Instruments

The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on the fi nancial position or performance of the Group during 
the period. 

The Group has early adopted AASB 9 Financial Instruments, with effect from 31 December 2010. The standard changes the way 
in which the Group’s investments and their performance are presented. Adoption of this standard has no impact on the way in 
which the Group’s investments are measured, and hence has no impact on net assets during the period. Previously the Group 
was required to classify investments as ‘available-for-sale fi nancial assets’ under AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement, where unrealised gains and losses were taken to the revaluation reserve through the Statement of Changes 
in Equity and reported as other comprehensive income. Realised gains or losses from the sale of the investment were transferred 
from the revaluation reserve to the Income Statement. Where there was objective evidence of impairment of an investment, 
and impairment charge was booked in the Income Statement, even where no loss had been realised.

Under the new standard, the Group’s investments in equities that were held as at 31 December 2010 have been classifi ed 
as fair value through Income Statement and both realised and unrealised gains and losses are accounted for through the 
Income Statement.

Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective have 
not been adopted by the Group for the reporting period ending 30 June 2011. These are outlined in the table below.

Reference

Title

AASB 124 

Related Party Disclosures

Application 
date of 
standard (1)

1 January 
2011

Impact on Group financial report

The revised AASB 124 simplifi es the defi nition of 
a related party, clarifying its intended meaning and 
eliminating inconsistencies from the defi nition. The 
amendment will not have an impact on the Group.

Application 
date for 
Group (1)

1 July
2011

(1)  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

77

 
 
 
 
  
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting Policies  continued

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Application 
date of 
standard (1)

1 January 
2011

Reference

Title

AASB 2010-4

Further Amendments to 
Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from 
the Annual Improvements 
Project [AASB 1, AASB 7, 
AASB 101, AASB 134 and 
Interpretation 13]

AASB 10

Consolidated Financial 
Statements

1 January 
2013

AASB 11

Joint Arrangements

1 January 
2013

AASB 12

Disclosure of Interests in 
Other Entities

1 January 
2013

AASB 13

Fair Value Measurement

1 January 
2013

Application 
date for 
Group (1)

1 July
2011

1 July 2013

1 July 2013

1 July 2013

1 July 2013

Impact on Group financial report

The Group will be required to present an analysis of 
other comprehensive income for each component 
of equity, either in the Statement of Changes in 
Equity or in the notes to the fi nancial statements. 

Provides guidance to illustrate how to apply 
disclosure principles in AASB 134 for signifi cant 
events and transactions. This standard may result 
in additional or changes in disclosure.

AASB 10 establishes a new control model that 
applies to all entities. It replaces parts of AASB 127 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
dealing with the accounting for consolidated fi nancial 
statements and SIC-12 Consolidation – Special 
Purpose Entities. After initial evaluation, Crown 
does not expect any impact on the Group.

AASB 11 replaces AASB 131 Interests in Joint 
Ventures and SIC-13 Jointly-controlled Entities – 
Non-monetary Contributions by Ventures. AASB 11 
uses the principle of control in AASB 10 to defi ne 
joint control, and therefore the determination of 
whether joint control exists may change. In addition 
AASB 11 removes the option to account for 
jointly-controlled entities using proportionate 
consolidation. Instead, accounting for a joint 
arrangement is dependent on the nature of the 
rights and obligations arising from the arrangement. 
After initial evaluation, Crown does not expect any 
impact on the Group.

AASB 12 includes all disclosures relating to an 
entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, 
associates and structured entities. New disclosures 
have been introduced about the judgements made 
by management to determine whether control exists, 
and to require summarised information about joint 
arrangements, associates and structured entities 
and subsidiaries with non-controlling interests. 
This standard may result in additional or changes 
in disclosure.

AASB 13 establishes a single source of guidance 
under IFRS for determining the fair value of assets 
and liabilities. AASB 13 does not change when an 
entity is required to use fair value, but rather, provides 
guidance on how to determine fair value under IFRS 
when fair value is required or permitted by IFRS. 
Application of this defi nition may result in different 
fair values being determined for the relevant assets.

(1)  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated. 

78

 
 
 
 
1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

Share-based payment transactions

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Policies  continued

(c)  Basis of consolidation

The consolidated fi nancial statements are those of the 
consolidated entity, comprising Crown Limited (the parent 
entity) and all entities that Crown Limited controlled from 
time to time during the year and at reporting date.

Information from the fi nancial statements of subsidiaries is 
included from the date the parent entity obtains control until 
such time as control ceases. Where there is loss of control 
of a subsidiary, the consolidated fi nancial statements include 
the results for the part of the reporting period during which 
the parent entity has control.

Subsidiary acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition 
method of accounting. The fi nancial statements of subsidiaries 
are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent 
entity, using consistent accounting policies. Adjustments 
are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting 
policies that may exist.

All inter-company balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profi ts arising from intra-group transactions, 
have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are 
eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.

The accounting policies adopted have been applied 
consistently throughout the two reporting periods.

(d)   Signifi cant accounting estimates 

and assumptions

The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are 
often determined based on estimates and assumptions 
of future events. The key estimates and assumptions that 
have a signifi cant risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities 
within the next annual reporting period are:

Impairment of goodwill and casino licences 
with indefi nite useful lives

The Group determines whether goodwill and casino licences 
with indefi nite useful lives are impaired at least on an annual 
basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount 
of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill and 
casino licences with indefi nite useful lives are allocated. 
The assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable 
amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and casino 
licences with indefi nite useful lives are discussed in note 14.

Fair value of investments

In accordance with accounting standards the Group uses 
the Level Three method in estimating the fair value of fi nancial 
assets. Accordingly, the fair value is estimated using inputs 
for the asset that are not based on observable market data.

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions 
with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair 
value is determined with the assistance of an external valuer, 
using the assumptions detailed in note 26.

Doubtful debts

An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is 
objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.

Signifi cant Items

Management determines signifi cant items based on the 
nature, size and generally accepted accounting principles.

(e)  Income tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and 
prior periods are measured at the amount expected to 
be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based 
on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and 
tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are 
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences 
at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts for fi nancial 
reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences except:

 (cid:129) where the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 
a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, 
affects neither the accounting profi t nor taxable profi t or 
loss; or

 (cid:129) when taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests 
in joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal 
of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is 
probable that the temporary differences will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profi t will be available against which the deductible temporary 
differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused tax losses can be utilised except:

 (cid:129) when the deferred income tax asset relating to the 

deductible temporary difference arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that 
is not a business combination and, at the time of the 
transaction, affects neither the accounting profi t not 
taxable profi t or loss; or

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

79

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

(g)  Foreign currency translation

Policies  continued

(e)  Income tax  continued
 (cid:129) when the deductible temporary differences associated 

with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests 
in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that the temporary 
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profi t will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is 
reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that suffi cient taxable profi t will 
be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax 
asset to be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at 
the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates 
(and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity 
are recognised in equity and not the Income Statement.

(f)  Other taxes

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of GST except:

 (cid:129) where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and 
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, 
in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense 
item as applicable;

 (cid:129) Gaming revenues, due to the GST being offset against 

casino taxes; and

 (cid:129) receivables and payables are stated with the amount 

of GST included.

Both the functional and presentation currency of Crown 
Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is Australian dollars. 

Each foreign entity in the Group determines its own functional 
currency and items included in the fi nancial statements 
of each foreign entity are measured using that functional 
currency, which is translated to the presentation currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the 
functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at the date 
of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange 
ruling at the reporting date. 

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange 
rate as at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value was determined.

As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of overseas 
subsidiaries are translated into the presentation currency of 
Crown Limited at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting 
date and the profi t or loss is translated at the weighted 
average exchange rates for the period. The exchange 
differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly 
to a separate component of equity.

On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative 
amount recognised in equity relating to that particular foreign 
operation is recognised in the Income Statement.

(h)  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial 
Position comprises of cash at bank and on hand, and short 
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or 
less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash 
and which are subject to an insignifi cant risk of changes 
in future value.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority is included as part of receivables 
or payables in the Statement of Financial Position. 

For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and 
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents 
as defi ned above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Cash fl ows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on a 
gross basis and the GST component of cash fl ows arising 
from investing and fi nancing activities, which is recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority are classifi ed 
as operating cash fl ows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of 
the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority.

(i)  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice 
amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts.

An estimate for doubtful debts is made when there is objective 
evidence that the full amount may not be collected. Bad debts 
are written off when identifi ed.

Receivables from associates and other related parties are 
carried at amortised cost less an allowance for impairment. 
Interest, when charged is taken up as income on an 
accrual basis.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

80

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

Policies  continued

(j)  Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 

Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location 
and condition are accounted for as follows:

 (cid:129) Gaming inventories which include food, beverages and 
other consumables are costed on a weighted average 
basis; and

 (cid:129) Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in 

the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs 
of completion and the estimated costs necessary 
to make the sale.

(k)  Investments in associates

The fi nancial statements of the associates are used by the 
Group to apply the equity method. Where associates apply 
different accounting policies to the Group, adjustments are 
made upon application of the equity method.

Investments in associates are carried in the Statement of 
Financial Position at cost plus post-acquisition changes 
in the Group’s share of net assets of the associates, less 
any impairment in value. The Income Statement refl ects the 
Group’s share of the results of operations of the associates.

Where there has been a change recognised directly in the 
associates’ equity, the Group recognises its share of any 
changes and discloses this, when applicable in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals 
or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any 
unsecured long term receivables and loans, the Group 
does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred 
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. 

(l)  Investments and other fi nancial assets

Financial assets are classifi ed based on:

(i)   the objective of the entity’s business model for managing 

the fi nancial assets; and

(ii)  the characteristics of the contractual cash fl ow.

The classifi cation depends on the purpose for which the 
fi nancial assets were acquired. Management determines 
the classifi cation of its fi nancial assets at initial recognition. 
An irrevocable election is made by instrument to determine 
if the instrument is measured at fair value either through 
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) or the Income Statement. 

When fi nancial assets are recognised initially, they are measured 
at fair value, plus, in the case of assets at fair value through 
OCI, directly attributable transaction costs.

The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active 
market. The fair value of the investments and other fi nancial 
assets that do not have a price quoted in an active market 
have been estimated using valuation techniques based 
on assumptions that are not supported by observable 
market prices or rates. The fair value is reassessed 
each reporting period. 

If the fair value through Income Statement approach is 
adopted, increments and decrements on the fair value 
of the fi nancial asset at each reporting date are recognised 
through the Income Statement. 

If the fair value through OCI approach is adopted, increments 
and decrements on the fair value are recognised in OCI, 
without recycling of gains and losses between Income 
Statement and OCI, even on disposal of the investment. 
Dividends in respect of these investments that are a return 
on investment are recognised in the Income Statement. 

(m)  Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. 

Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows: 

 (cid:129) Freehold buildings – 40 to 75 years;

 (cid:129) Leasehold improvements – lease term; and 

 (cid:129) Plant and equipment – 2 to 15 years.

The asset’s residual values, useful lives and amortisation 
methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each fi nancial year end.

Impairment

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment 
are reviewed for impairment when events or changes 
in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash infl ows, the recoverable amount is 
determined for the cash-generating unit to which the 
asset belongs. If any such indication exists and where 
the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable 
amount, the assets or cash-generating units are 
written down to their recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment 
is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash fl ows 
are discounted to their present value using a post-tax 
discount rate that refl ects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specifi c to the asset.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

81

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

Policies  continued

(m)  Property, plant and equipment  continued

Derecognition

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised 
upon disposal or when no future economic benefi ts are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.

Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset 
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included in 
the Income Statement in the period the item is derecognised.

(n)  Intangible assets

Licences

Licences are carried at cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

The directors regularly assess the carrying value of casino 
licences so as to ensure they are not carried at a value 
greater than their recoverable amount.

The casino licence premiums are carried at cost of acquisition. 
The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the remaining life of the licence from 
the time PBL acquired Crown Melbourne, being 34 years. 
The Burswood licence is perpetual and, as such, no amortisation 
is charged. The Burswood licence is subject to an annual 
impairment assessment.

Goodwill

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being 
the excess of the cost of the business combination over the 
acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifi able assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial recognition, 
goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.

As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated 
to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefi t from 
the combination’s synergies.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined 
by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash generating 
unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying 
amount, an impairment loss is recognised.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part 
of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill 
associated with the operation disposed of is included in the 
carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain 
or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of 
in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative 
values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the 
cash-generating unit retained.

Other intangible assets

Acquired both separately and from a business combination.

Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at cost 
and from a business combination are capitalised at fair value 
as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, 
the cost model is applied to the class of intangible assets.

The useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to 
be either fi nite or indefi nite. Where amortisation is charged 
on assets with fi nite lives, this expense is taken to the 
Income Statement.

Intangible assets created within the business are not capitalised 
and expenditure is charged against profi ts in the period in 
which the expenditure is incurred.

Intangible assets are tested for impairment where an indicator 
of impairment exists, and annually in the case of intangible 
assets with indefi nite lives, either individually or at the cash 
generating unit level. Useful lives are also examined on an 
annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made 
on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible 
asset are measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and are recognised in the Income Statement when the 
net asset is derecognised.

(o)  Recoverable amount of assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there 
is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an 
indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal 
estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount 
of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the asset 
is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount. 

Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs 
to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which 
there are separately identifi able cash fl ows that are largely 
independent of the cash fl ows from other assets or groups 
of assets (cash-generating units). In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash fl ows are discounted to their 
present value using a post-tax discount rate that refl ects 
current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specifi c to the asset.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

82

 
 
 
 
1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

(s)  Employee benefi ts

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Policies  continued

(p)  Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are brought to account for 
amounts payable in relation to goods received and services 
rendered, whether or not billed to the Group at reporting 
date. The Group operates in a number of diverse markets, 
and accordingly the terms of trade vary by business.

(q)  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the 
fair value of the consideration received less directly 
attributable transaction costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

Borrowings are classifi ed as current liabilities unless the 
Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of 
the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly associated with qualifying assets 
are capitalised, including any other associated costs directly 
attributable to the borrowing. The capitalisation rate to 
determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised 
is the weighted average interest rate applicable to the entity’s 
outstanding borrowings during the year, in this case 7.6%.

All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they 
are incurred.

(r)  Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation (legal or constructive) to make a future sacrifi ce 
of economic benefi ts to other entities as a result of past 
transactions or other events, it is probable that a future 
sacrifi ce of economic benefi t will be required and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be 
reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate 
asset. The expense relating to any provision is presented in 
the Income Statement net of any reimbursement.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions 
are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that refl ects the 
risks specifi c to the liability. When discounting is used, the 
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is 
recognised as a fi nance cost.

A provision for dividends is not recognised as a liability 
unless the dividends are declared, or publicly 
recommended on or before the reporting date.

Provision is made for employee benefi ts accumulated 
as a result of employees rendering services up to reporting 
date including related on-costs. The benefi ts include wages 
and salaries, incentives, compensated absences and other 
benefi ts, which are charged against profi ts in their respective 
expense categories when services are provided or benefi ts 
vest with the employee.

The provision for employee benefi ts is measured at the 
remuneration rates expected to be paid when the liability is 
settled. Benefi ts expected to be settled after twelve months 
from the reporting date are measured at the present value of 
the estimated future cash outfl ows to be made in respect of 
services provided by employees up to the reporting date.

The liability for long service leave is recognised in the provision 
for employee benefi ts and measured as the present value of 
expected future payments to be made in respect of services 
provided by employees up to the reporting date using the 
projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to 
expected future wage and salary levels, experience of 
employee departures, and periods of service. Expected future 
payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting 
date on national government bonds with terms to maturity 
and currencies that match, as closely as possible, the 
estimated future cash outfl ows.

(t)  Share-based payment transactions

Equity settled transactions

The Group provides benefi ts to senior executives in the 
form of share-based payments, whereby executives render 
services in exchange for shares or rights over shares 
(equity-settled transactions).

The plan in place to provide these benefi ts is the Executive 
Share Plan (ESP).

The cost of these equity-settled transactions with executives 
is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date which they are granted. The fair value 
is determined by an external valuer using the Monte Carlo 
model, further details of which are given in note 26.

In valuing equity-settled transactions, only conditions linked 
to the price of the shares of Crown Limited are taken into 
account, further details of which are given in note 26.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together 
with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in 
which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfi lled, 
ending on the date on which the relevant executives become 
fully entitled to the award (the vesting period).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

83

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

(i)  Fair value hedges

Policies  continued

(t)  Share-based payment transactions  continued

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled 
transactions at each reporting date until vesting dates refl ects:

(i)  the extent to which the vesting period has expired; and

(ii)   the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity 

instruments that will ultimately vest.

No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market performance 
conditions being met as the effect of these conditions is 
included in the determination of fair value at grant date. The 
charge to the Income Statement for the period is the cumulative 
amount as calculated above less the amounts already charged 
in previous periods. There is a corresponding entry to equity.

(u)  Leases

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all 
the risks and benefi ts incidental to ownership of the leased 
item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair 
value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value 
of the minimum lease payments.

Lease payments are apportioned between the fi nance 
charges and reduction of the leased liability so as to 
achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining 
balance of the liability.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense 
in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term.

(v)  Derecognition of fi nancial instruments

The derecognition of a fi nancial instrument takes place 
when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights that 
comprise the fi nancial instrument, which is normally the case 
when the instrument is sold, or all the cash fl ows attributable 
to the instrument are passed through to an independent 
third party.

(w)  Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedging

Derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is 
positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative. 
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value 
of derivatives, except for those that qualify as cash fl ow 
hedges, are taken directly to profi t or loss for the year.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts are calculated 
by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts 
with similar maturity profi les. The fair values of interest rate 
swaps are determined by reference to market values for 
similar instruments.

Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting 
are accounted for as follows:

Fair value hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to 
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or 
an unrecognised fi rm commitment, or an identifi ed portion of 
such an asset, liability or fi rm commitment that is attributable 
to a particular risk and could affect profi t or loss. For fair value 
hedges, the carrying amount of the hedged item is adjusted 
for gains and losses attributable to the risk being hedged and 
the derivative is remeasured to fair value. Gains and losses 
from both are taken to profi t or loss. 

The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if the 
hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, 
the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting 
or the Group revokes the designation. Any adjustment to the 
carrying amount of a hedged fi nancial instrument for which the 
effective interest method is used is amortised to profi t or loss. 
Amortisation may begin as soon as an adjustment exists and 
shall begin no later than when the hedged item ceases to be 
adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the risk 
being hedged.

(ii)  Cash fl ow hedges 

Cash fl ow hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to 
variability in cash fl ows that is attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or liability that is a fi rm 
commitment and that could affect profi t or loss. The effective 
portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is 
recognised directly in equity, while the ineffective portion 
is recognised in the Income Statement.

Amounts taken to equity are transferred out of equity and 
included in the measurement of the hedged transaction 
(fi nance costs or inventory purchases) when the forecast 
transaction occurs. If the hedging instrument expires or is 
sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, 
or if its designation as a hedge is revoked (due to it being 
ineffective), amounts previously recognised in equity remain 
in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.

(x)  Impairment of fi nancial assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether a 
fi nancial asset or group of fi nancial assets is impaired.

(i)  Financial assets carried at amortised cost

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on 
loans and receivables carried at amortised cost has been 
incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference 
between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value 
of estimated future cash fl ows (excluding future credit losses 
that have not been incurred) discounted at the fi nancial 
asset’s original effective interest rate (i.e. the effective interest 
rate computed at initial recognition). The carrying amount 
of the asset is reduced either directly or through use of an 
allowance account. The amount of the loss is recognised 
in the Income Statement.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

84

 
 
 
 
1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

Sale of goods

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Policies  continued

(x)  Impairment of fi nancial assets  continued

(i)  Financial assets carried at amortised cost  continued

The Group fi rst assesses whether objective evidence of 
impairment exists individually for fi nancial assets that are 
individually signifi cant, and individually or collectively for 
fi nancial assets that are not individually signifi cant. If it is 
determined that no objective evidence of impairment exists 
for an individually assessed fi nancial asset, whether signifi cant 
or not, the asset is included in a group of fi nancial assets 
with similar credit risk characteristics and that group of 
fi nancial assets is collectively assessed for impairment. 
Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for 
which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised 
are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment 
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively 
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, 
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. 
Any subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised 
in the Income Statement, to the extent that the carrying 
value of the asset does not exceed its amortised cost 
at the reversal date.

(ii)  Financial assets carried at cost

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has 
been incurred on an unquoted equity instrument that is not 
carried at fair value (because its fair value cannot be reliably 
measured), or on a derivative asset that is linked to and must 
be settled by delivery of such an unquoted equity instrument, 
the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between 
the assets carrying amount and the present value of estimated 
cash fl ows, discounted at the current market rate of return for 
a similar fi nancial asset.

(y)  Contributed equity

Ordinary shares are classifi ed as equity. Issued capital is 
recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, 
less transaction costs.

(z)  Revenue

Revenue is recognised and measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable to the extent that it is 
probable that the economic benefi ts will fl ow to the Group 
and the revenue can be reliably measured. The following 
specifi c recognition criteria must also be met before 
revenue is recognised:

Revenue is recognised when the signifi cant risks and rewards 
of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer and can 
be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are considered 
passed to the buyer at the time of delivery of the goods 
to the customer.

Rendering of services

Revenue is recognised when control of the right to be 
compensated for the services and the stage of completion 
can be reliably measured.

Casino revenues are the net of gaming wins and losses.

Interest

Revenue is recognised as the interest accrues (using the 
effective interest method, which is the rate that exactly 
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the 
expected life of the fi nancial instrument) to the net 
carrying amount of the fi nancial asset.

Dividends

Revenue is recognised when the shareholders’ right to receive 
the payment is established.

(aa)  Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic EPS is calculated as net profi t after tax, adjusted to 
exclude any costs of servicing equity (other than dividends), 
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, 
adjusted for any bonus element.

Diluted EPS is calculated as net profi t after tax, adjusted for:

 (cid:129) costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);

 (cid:129) the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated with 
dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised 
as expenses; and

 (cid:129) other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses 
during the period that would result from the dilution of 
potential ordinary shares;

divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any 
bonus element.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

85

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

1.   Summary of Signifi cant Accounting 

Policies  continued

(ab)  Segment Information

The Group’s operating segments have been determined 
based on internal management reporting structure and the 
nature of the products provided by the Group. They refl ect 
the business level at which fi nancial information is provided to 
management for decision making regarding resource allocation 
and performance assessment. The segment information 
presented is consistent with internal management reporting.

The Group has three operating segments being 
Crown Melbourne, Burswood and Aspinall’s Club.

(ac)  Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method. The consideration transferred in 
a business combination shall be measured at fair value, 
which shall be calculated as the sum of the acquisition 
date fair values of the assets transferred by the acquirer, 
the liabilities incurred by the acquirer to former owners 
of the acquiree and the equity issued by the acquirer, and 
the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the fi nancial 
assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classifi cation 
and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, 
economic conditions, the Group’s operating or accounting 
policies and other pertinent conditions as at the acquisition 
date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives 
in host contracts by the acquiree. 

If the business combination is achieved in stages, 
the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously 
held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value 
at the acquisition date through profi t or loss.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the 
acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition 
date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent 
consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability 
will be recognised in accordance with AASB 139 either in 
profi t or loss or as a change to other comprehensive income. 
If the contingent consideration is classifi ed as equity, it should 
not be remeasured until it is fi nally settled within equity.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

86

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2.  Segment Information
30 June 2011

 Normalised Result(1) 

Crown 

  Melbourne  Burswood 
$’000 

$’000 

Note 

  Aspinall’s 
Club 
$’000 

Unall 
-ocated 
$’000 

Crown 
Group 
$’000 

Adjust  
-ment (1) 
$’000 

Actual

Crown
Group
$’000

Operating revenue 

  Main fl oor gaming 

  VIP program play 

  Non Gaming 

Intersegment 

 930,657  

 413,770  

 –  

 –  

 1,344,427  

 –  

 1,344,427 

 418,236  

 116,772  

 30,583  

 –  

 565,591  

(44,219)  

 521,372 

 365,179  

 169,728  

 145  

 19  

 535,071  

(194)  

 –  

 –  

 535,071 

(194)

  Operating revenue 

 1,714,072  

 700,270  

 30,728  

 19  

 2,444,895  

(44,219)    2,400,676

Interest revenue 

3 

 8,968  

 –  

 8,968

Total revenue 

Segment result 

 1,714,072  

 700,270  

 30,728  

 19  

 2,453,863  

(44,219)    2,409,644(2)

  Gaming taxes & commissions 

(503,406)  

(157,044)  

(21,469)  

 –  

(681,919)  

 16,251  

(665,668)

  Operating expenses 

(704,955)  

(348,073)  

(5,339)  

(39,906)   (1,098,273)  

 –  

(1,098,273)

Intersegment 

 Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation “EBITDA” 

 505,711  

 195,153  

 3,920  

(39,887)  

 664,897  

(27,968)  

 636,929

 194  

 –  

 194

 Depreciation and amortisation 

3 

(155,238)  

(37,437)  

(308)  

(2,620)  

(195,603)  

 –  

(195,603)

 Earnings before interest and tax “EBIT” 

 350,473  

 157,716  

 3,612  

(42,507)  

 469,294  

(27,968)  

 441,326

 Equity accounted share of 
associates’ net profi t/(loss) 

 Net interest income/(expense) 

 Income tax benefi t/(expense) 

16,640  

 15,726  

 32,366 

(66,578)  

 –  

(66,578) 

(79,074)  

 7,815  

(71,259) 

Profi t/(loss) after tax 

 350,473  

 157,716  

 3,612  

(42,507)  

 340,282  

(4,427)  

 335,855 

Capital expenditure 

 231,054  

 125,657  

 26  

 8  

 356,745  

Investments in associates 

10 

 –  

 –  

 –    851,721  

 851,721  

 –  

 –  

 356,745 

 851,721

(1)   Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown Melbourne, 
Burswood, Aspinall’s Club and Melco Crown) and pre-opening costs in respect of City of Dreams. The theoretical win rate is the expected hold 
percentage on VIP program play over time. Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming 
taxes, income tax expense and equity accounted share of associates’ result.

(2)   Total revenue of $2,409.6 million includes $0.4 million of profi t on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the 

Income Statement.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

2.  Segment Information  continued
30 June 2010

 Normalised Result(1) 

Crown 

  Melbourne  Burswood 
$’000 

$’000 

Note 

Unall 
-ocated 
$’000 

Crown 
Group 
$’000 

Adjust  
-ment (1) 
$’000 

Actual

Crown
Group
$’000

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Operating revenue 

  Main fl oor gaming 

 876,810  

 396,157  

 –  

 1,272,967  

 –  

 1,272,967 

  VIP commission program play 

 363,511  

 172,491  

 –  

 536,002  

 49,303  

 585,305 

  Non Gaming 

Intersegment 

 319,184  

 164,262  

 27  

 483,473  

(142)  

 –  

 –  

 483,473 

(142) 

  Operating revenue 

 1,559,505  

 732,910  

 27  

 2,292,300  

 49,303  

 2,341,603 

Interest revenue 

Total revenue 

Segment result 

3 

 11,100  

 –  

 11,100

 1,559,505  

 732,910  

 27  

 2,303,400  

 49,303  

2,352,703(2)

  Gaming taxes and commissions 

(439,523)  

(197,588)  

 –  

(637,111)  

(13,626)  

(650,737) 

  Operating expenses 

Intersegment 

(645,117)  

(321,696)  

(31,285)  

(998,098)  

 142  

 –  

 –  

(998,098) 

 142 

  Earnings before interest, tax, 
  depreciation and amortisation “EBITDA” 

474,865  

 213,626  

(31,258)  

 657,233  

 35,677  

 692,910 

  Depreciation and amortisation 

3 

(125,716)  

(34,762)  

(2,640)  

(163,118)  

 –  

(163,118) 

  Earnings before interest and tax “EBIT” 

349,149  

 178,864  

(33,898)  

 494,115  

 35,677  

 529,792 

  Equity accounted share of associates’ 
  net profi t/(loss) 

  Net interest income/(expense) 

Income tax benefi t/(expense) 

(48,409)  

(21,048)  

(69,457) 

(73,026)  

 –  

(73,026) 

(84,313)  

(10,703)  

(95,016) 

Profi t/(loss) after tax 

349,149  

 178,864  

(33,898)  

 288,367  

 3,926 

 292,293 

Capital expenditure 

271,286  

 62,003  

 36  

 333,325  

 –  

 333,325 

Investments in associates 

10 

 –  

 –  

 1,029,669  

 1,029,669  

 –  

 1,029,669 

(1)   Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown 
Melbourne, Burswood and Melco Crown) and pre-opening costs in respect of City of Dreams. The theoretical win rate is the expected 
hold percentage on VIP program play over time. Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, 
gaming taxes, income tax expense and equity accounted share of associates’ result.

(2)   Total revenue of $2,352.7 million includes $10.5 million of profi t on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the 

Income Statement.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
3.  Revenue and Expenses

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Profi t before income tax expense includes the following revenues and expenses: 

(a)  Revenue from continuing operations 

Revenue from services 

Revenue from sale of goods 

Interest 

Dividends  

Other operating revenue 

(b)  Other income from continuing operations

Profi t on disposal of non-current assets 

(c)  Expenses from continuing operations

Cost of sales 

Gaming activities 

Other ordinary activities 

Depreciation of non-current assets

(included in expenses above) 

Buildings 

Plant and equipment 

Amortisation of non-current assets

(included in expenses above) 

Casino licence fee and management agreement 

Other assets 

Total depreciation and amortisation expense 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 2,063,289  

 2,016,601 

 315,947  

 295,533 

 8,968  

 11,100 

 19  

 27 

 21,018  

 18,987 

 2,409,241  

 2,342,248 

 403  

 10,455 

 119,623  

 115,327 

 1,797,202  

 1,662,559 

 42,526  

 33,925 

 1,959,351  

 1,811,811 

 54,757  

 120,810  

 49,164 

 94,973 

 175,567  

 144,137 

 14,417  

 5,619  

 20,036  

 14,417 

 4,564 

 18,981 

 195,603  

 163,118 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

3.  Revenue and Expenses  continued

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 86,440  

(10,895)  

 75,545  

 86,925 

(2,799) 

 84,126 

 11,210  

 5,262  

 6,753 

 5,449 

 41,872  

 38,979 

 628,921  

 571,534 

 1,683  

(7,775)  

 2,885  

 3,368 

 – 

(2,375) 

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

(d)  Other income and expense disclosures 

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Finance costs expensed:  

Debt facilities 

Capitalised interest 

Bad and doubtful debts – trade debtors 

Rentals – operating leases 

Superannuation expense 

Other employee benefi ts expense 

Executive share plan expenses 

Net (gain)/loss on total return swaps 

Net foreign currency (gains)/losses 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  Dividends Paid and Announced

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(a)  Dividends declared and paid during the fi nancial year

Prior year fi nal dividend (paid 15 October 2010)

Paid at 19 cents (2009: 19 cents) per share franked at 60% (2009: 60% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2009: 30%) 

Current year interim dividend (paid 15 April 2011) 

Paid at 18 cents (2010: 18 cents) per share franked at 60% (2010: 60% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%) 

Total dividends appropriated 

(b)  Dividends announced and not recognised as a liability

Current year fi nal dividend (expected to be paid 14 October 2011)

Announced at 19 cents (2010: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2010: 60%) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%) 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

144,095  

 144,095 

136,511  

 136,511 

 280,606  

 280,606 

144,095  

 144,095 

(c)  Franking credits

The tax rate at which the fi nal dividend will be franked is 30% (2010: 30%). The franking account 
disclosures have been calculated using the franking rate applicable at 30 June 2011. 

The amount of franking credits available for the subsequent fi nancial year: 

Franking account balance as at the end of the fi nancial year at 30% (2010: 30%) 

24,612  

 46,189 

Franking credits that will arise from the payment of income taxes payable as at the end 
of the fi nancial year 

Franking debits that will arise from the refund of income taxes receivable as at the end 
of the fi nancial year 

Total franking credits 

The amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods: 

Impact on the franking account of dividends announced before the fi nancial report was authorised 
for issue but not recognised as a distribution to equity holders during the fi nancial year 

Total franking credits available for future reporting periods 

 16,846  

 19,199 

(7,975)  

 – 

 33,483  

 65,388 

(30,877)  

 2,606  

(37,054) 

 28,334 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

5.  Income Tax

(a)  Income tax expense

The prima facie tax expense, using tax rates applicable in the country of operation, 
on profi t differs from income tax provided in the fi nancial statements as follows: 

Profi t before income tax 

Prima facie income tax expense on profi t at the Australian rate of 30% (2010: 30%) 

Tax effect of: 

Non deductible depreciation and amortisation 

Share of associates’ net losses/(profi ts) 

Differences in foreign tax rates 

Non assessable income sheltered by capital losses 

Other non assessable income 

Other items – net 

Deferred income tax on temporary differences 

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years 

Income tax expense 

Income tax expense comprises:  

Current expense 

Deferred expense 

Adjustments for current income tax of prior periods 

(b)  Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax assets 

Deferred income tax liabilities 

Acquisitions 

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 407,114  

 387,309 

122,134  

 116,192 

 2,247  

(9,710)  

(30,335)  

(14)  

 –  

 2,201  

 4,779  

(20,043)  

 71,259  

 2,247 

 20,837 

(24,928) 

(3,065) 

(5,002) 

(14,524) 

 988 

 2,271 

 95,016 

 86,523  

 91,757 

 4,779  

(20,043)  

 71,259  

 988 

 2,271 

 95,016 

 108,731  

 111,081 

 209,527  

 207,098 

 398  

 – 

(101,194)  

(96,017)

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.  Income Tax  continued

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(c)  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at the end of the fi nancial year

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: 

Doubtful debt provision 

Employee benefi ts provision 

Revenue losses carried forward 

Other receivables 

Other provisions 

Investments 

Prepaid casino tax 

Licences and intangibles 

Land and buildings 

Property, plant & equipment 

Other 

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) 

(d)   Movements in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during 

the fi nancial year

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

Charged/(credited) to the income statement 

Acquisitions 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

(e)   Tax losses not brought to account, as the realisation of the benefi ts 
represented by these balances is not considered to be probable

The Group has tax losses arising in Australia that are available indefi nitely for offset against 
future capital gains. 

Capital gains tax – no expiry date  

Total tax losses not brought to account 

Potential tax benefi t at respective tax rates 

(f)  Unrecognised temporary differences

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 9,060  

 24,647  

 7,422  

 38,905  

 19,133  

 7,712 

 22,258 

 12,305 

 41,580 

 18,840 

 –  

(639) 

(18,870)  

(20,379) 

(117,351)  

(123,053) 

(71,593)  

(69,958) 

 6,770  

 683  

 9,975 

 5,342 

(101,194)  

(96,017) 

(96,017)  

(95,029) 

(4,779)  

(398)  

(988) 

 – 

(101,194)  

(96,017) 

 801,389  

 913,557 

 801,389  

 913,557 

 240,417  

 274,067

At 30 June 2011, there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2010: $nil) for taxes that would be payable 
on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, as the Group has no liability for 
additional taxation should such amounts be remitted.

(g)  Tax consolidation

Crown Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with effect from 
1 July 2007. Crown Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax 
sharing arrangement with Crown Limited in order to allocate income tax expense between Crown Limited and the wholly 
owned subsidiaries. In addition, the agreement provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities 
should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. At the balance date the possibility of default is remote.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

5.  Income Tax  continued

(h)  Tax effect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group

Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides for the 
allocation of current and deferred taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with their taxable income for 
the period. The allocation of taxes under the tax funding agreement is recognised as an increase / decrease in the subsidiaries 
inter-company accounts with the tax consolidated group head company, Crown Limited.

6.  Trade and Other Receivables

Current   

Trade receivables 

Provision for doubtful debts (a) 

Loans to associated entities 

Other receivables 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 122,776  

 140,884 

(30,704)  

(26,897) 

 92,072  

 113,987 

 426  

 31,258  

 31,684  

 13 

 33,252 

 33,265 

 123,756  

 147,252

(a)  Allowance for Doubtful Debts

Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and are generally 30 day terms.

An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.

Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts

Allowance for doubtful debts at the beginning of the year 

Net doubtful debt expense (1) 

Amounts written off 

(1)  Amounts are included in other expenses.

2011 
$’000 

(26,897)  

(11,210)  

 7,403  

2010
$’000

(28,206) 

(6,753) 

 8,062 

(30,704)  

(26,897)

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

6.  Trade and Other Receivables  continued

(a)  Allowance for Doubtful Debts  continued

Ageing analysis of trade debtors

2011 – consolidated 

Current 

Past due not impaired 

Considered impaired 

2010 – consolidated 

Current 

Past due not impaired 

Considered impaired 

Non-current 

Loans to associated entities (1) 

Other receivables 

(1)  Loan terms are outlined in note 31.

7.  Inventories

Current 

Finished goods (at cost) 

0-30 days 
$’000 

> 30 days 
$’000 

Total
$’000

 25,873  

 –  

 130  

 –  

 66,199  

 30,574  

 25,873 

 66,199 

 30,704 

 26,003  

 96,773  

 122,776 

 90,097  

 –  

 667  

 –  

 23,890  

 26,230  

 90,097 

 23,890 

 26,897 

 90,764  

 50,120  

 140,884

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 120,399  

 114,076 

 11,078  

 14,082 

 131,477  

 128,158 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 18,070  

 16,328

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

8.  Other Financial Assets

Current 

Receivable on forward exchange contracts 

Receivable on interest rate swap 

Receivable on total return swaps 

Non-current 

Receivable on forward exchange contracts 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 –  

 –  

 7,775  

 7,775  

 24,051  

 24,051  

 1,335 

 636 

 – 

 1,971 

 6,045 

 6,045

Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency changes are provided in note 35.

9.  Investments

At fair value 

Shares – unlisted (Australia) 

Shares – unlisted (North America) 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 37,633  

 61,025  

 37,132 

 69,502 

 98,658  

 106,634

Investments consist of shares, and therefore has no fi xed maturity date or coupon rate.

The fair value of the unlisted investments have been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not 
supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes that the estimated fair values resulting from the valuation 
techniques and recorded in the Statement of Financial Position and the related changes in fair value recorded in the Income 
Statement are reasonable and the most appropriate at the reporting date.

Based on the valuation techniques performed, there has been no fair value movement during the year (2010: $nil).

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  Investments in Associates

Investment details:

Associated entities – unlisted shares 

Associated entities – listed shares 

Total investments in associates 

Fair value of listed investments:

Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd (1) 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

 3,669  

 6,158 

 848,052  

 1,023,511 

 851,721  

 1,029,669 

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 2,129,988  

 792,247 

 2,129,988  

 792,247 

(1)   Refl ects Melco Crown share price at balance date, converted to Australian dollars. In accordance with Crown’s accounting policies, recoverable 
amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The Melco Crown carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount.

Investments in Associates 

Reporting 
Date 

Principal Activity 

Country of   
Incorporation 
or Residence 

%Interest

30 June 
2011 

30 June 
2010

Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd 

31 Dec (2) 

Resort/Casino and  
gaming machine operator 

Macau 

Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd 

30 April (2) 

Betting exchange 

Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd 

30 June 

Casino and gaming  
machine operator 

Australia 

U.K. 

(2) The Group uses 30 June results to equity account for the investments.

Share of associates’ revenue and profi ts/(losses) 

Share of associates’: 

Revenue 

Operating profi t/(loss) before income tax 

Income tax benefi t/(expense) 

Share of associates’ net profi t/(loss) after income tax 

33.4 

50.0 

50.0 

33.4

50.0

50.0

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

1,523,293 

779,378

31,681 

685  

(72,039)

2,582

32,366 

(69,457)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

10.  Investments in Associates  continued

Carrying amount of investments in associates 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Carrying amount of investments in associates acquired during the year 

Share of associates’ net profi t/(loss) for the year 

Gain / (loss) on issue of shares by associate 

Foreign exchange movements 

Carrying amount of investment in associates at the end of the fi nancial year 

Represented by: 

(cid:129)  Melco Crown 

(cid:129)  Betfair 

The consolidated entity’s share of the assets and liabilities of associates in aggregate 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Retained profi ts/(accumulated losses) of the consolidated entity attributable to associates

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Share of associates’ net profi ts/(losses) 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 1,029,669  

 1,095,150 

 15,106  

 32,366  

 –  

 63,565 

(69,457) 

(4,389) 

(225,420)  

(55,200) 

 851,721  

 1,029,669 

 848,052  

 1,023,511 

 3,669  

 6,158 

 851,721  

 1,029,669 

 402,997  

 403,607 

 1,372,854  

 2,370,148 

(164,696)  

(1,021,821) 

(775,949)  

(997,264) 

 835,206  

 754,670 

(270,740)  

(201,283) 

 32,366  

(69,457) 

(238,374)  

(270,740) 

The investment in Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd was previously written down to $nil and Crown has therefore discontinued 
recognising its share of further losses. The Group’s share of unrecognised losses as at 30 June 2011 for Aspers Group is 
$6.4 million (2010: $5.4 million).

Impairment Testing

Based on detailed impairment testing performed, there has been no impairment charge during the year (2010: $nil).

For the purposes of impairment testing, management estimated the present value of the future cash fl ows expected to be 
generated from operations and the proceeds from ultimate disposal. These calculations use cash fl ow projections based on 
past performance and expectations for the future using a fi ve year cash fl ow period. The implied terminal growth rate beyond 
the fi ve year period does not exceed the forecasted long term infl ation rates of up to 4.3%. Post-tax discount rates of between 
9% and 11% were used in the impairment review calculations.

Any reasonable possible change in key assumptions used would not cause the carrying amount of the investments to exceed 
their recoverable amounts.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.  Property, Plant and Equipment

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
$’000 

Buildings 
on 
leasehold 

Plant & 
land  equipment 
$’000 

$’000 

 Construction 
work in 

Total 
property,  
plant and 
progress  equipment  equipment
$’000

Leased 
plant & 

$’000 

$’000 

Year ended 30 June 2011

At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 

Additions 

Disposals 

Depreciation expense 

Acquisition of subsidiary 

Exchange differences 

Reclassifi cation/ transfer 

At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 

At 1 July 2010 

 966,556  

 675,132  

 535,942  

 142,829  

 –  

 2,320,459 

 1,120  

 34,043  

 165,483  

 156,099  

 –  

 –  

(92)  

(22,376)  

(32,381)  

(120,810)  

 –  

 –  

 9,156  

 4,497  

(198)  

(95)  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

(39,287)  

 –  

 161,609  

(122,322)  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 356,745 

(92) 

(175,567) 

 13,653 

(293) 

 – 

 906,013  

 685,752  

 746,534  

 176,606  

 –  

 2,514,905 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

 1,137,453  

 1,046,742  

 1,409,420  

 142,829  

 10,679  

 3,747,123 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

At 30 June 2011 

(170,897)  

(371,610)  

(873,478)  

 –  

(10,679)   (1,426,664) 

 966,556  

 675,132  

 535,942  

 142,829  

 –  

 2,320,459 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

1,103,774  

 1,098,679  

 1,729,766  

 176,606  

 10,679  

 4,119,504 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

(197,761)  

(412,927)  

(983,232)  

 –  

(10,679)   (1,604,599) 

 906,013  

 685,752  

 746,534  

 176,606  

 –  

 2,514,905 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

11.  Property, Plant and Equipment  continued

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Year ended 30 June 2010 

At 1 July 2009, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 

Additions 

Disposals 

Depreciation expense 

Reclassifi cation/ transfer 

At 30 June 2010, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 

At 1 July 2009

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
$’000 

Buildings 
on 
leasehold 

Plant & 
land  equipment 
$’000 

$’000 

 Construction 
work in 

Total 
property,  
plant and 
progress  equipment  equipment
$’000

Leased 
plant & 

$’000 

$’000 

 685,363  

 677,503  

 499,468  

 272,296  

 –  

 2,134,630 

 1,535  

 29,954  

 39,632  

 262,204  

(3,283)  

 –  

(76)  

(16,839)  

(32,325)  

(94,973)  

 –  

 –  

 299,780  

 –  

 91,891  

(391,671)  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 333,325 

(3,359) 

(144,137) 

 – 

 966,556  

 675,132  

 535,942  

 142,829  

 –  

 2,320,459 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

 839,644  

 1,018,705  

 1,290,588  

 272,296  

 10,679  

 3,431,912 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

At 30 June 2010

(154,281)  

(341,202)  

(791,120)  

 –  

(10,679)   (1,297,282) 

 685,363  

 677,503  

 499,468  

 272,296  

 –  

 2,134,630 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

   1,137,453  

 1,046,742  

 1,409,420  

 142,829  

 10,679  

 3,747,123 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

(170,897)  

(371,610)  

(873,478)  

 –  

(10,679)   (1,426,664) 

 966,556  

 675,132  

 535,942  

 142,829  

 –  

 2,320,459 

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.  Licences

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Year ended 30 June 2011 

At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Additions 

Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2010 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

At 30 June 2011 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

Year ended 30 June 2010 

At 1 July 2009, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2010, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2009

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

(1)    Purchased as part of a business combination.

Casino
Licence(1)
$’000

 651,926 

 20,000 

(7,471) 

 664,455 

 774,899 

(122,973) 

 651,926 

 794,899 

(130,444) 

 664,455 

 659,397 

(7,471) 

 651,926 

 774,899 

(115,502) 

 659,397 

The casino licence premiums are carried at cost and amortised on a straight line basis over their useful lives. 

The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised over 34 years. The Burswood licence is perpetual and no 
amortisation is charged.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

13.  Other Intangible Assets

Casino
  Management

Goodwill(1)   Agreement(1) 

$’000 

$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total
$’000

 11,892  

 45,853  

(1,227)  

 162,570  

 908  

 175,370 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

(20)  

 45,853 

(1,227) 

(6,966) 

 –  

(6,946)  

 56,518  

 155,624  

 888  

 213,030 

 11,892  

 –  

 245,279  

(82,709)  

 11,892  

 162,570  

 1,025  

 258,196 

(117)  

 908  

(82,826) 

 175,370 

 56,518  

 –  

 245,279  

(89,655)  

 56,518  

 155,624  

 1,025  

 302,822 

(137)  

 888  

(89,792) 

 213,030 

Year ended 30 June 2010 

At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Business acquisitions 

Exchange differences 

Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2010 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

At 30 June 2011 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

Year ended 30 June 2010 

At 1 July 2009, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment 

 11,892  

 169,516  

 –  

(6,946)  

 928  

(20)  

 182,336 

(6,966) 

Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2010, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2009 

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

(1)   Purchased as part of a business combination.

 11,892  

 162,570  

 908  

 175,370 

 11,892  

 –  

 11,892  

 245,279  

(75,763)  

 169,516  

 1,025  

 258,196 

(97)  

 928  

(75,860) 

 182,336 

Goodwill is considered to have an indefi nite life and is tested annually for impairment (see note 14).

The useful life of the Crown Melbourne casino management agreement is 34 years, and is amortised on a straight line basis.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

14.  Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets

Impairment tests for intangible assets

Intangible assets deemed to have indefi nite lives are allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGU’s) identifi ed according 
to business segment.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell is calculated 
using a discounted cash fl ow methodology covering a specifi ed period, with an appropriate residual value at the end of that 
period, for each segment. The methodology utilises cash fl ow forecasts that are based primarily on business plans presented 
to and approved by the Board. The implied terminal growth rate beyond the fi ve year period does not exceed the forecasted 
long term Australian infl ation rate of 2.8%. 

The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash fl ow projections to undertake 
impairment testing of goodwill and casino licences.

(a)  Cash fl ow forecasts

Cash fl ow forecasts are based on past performance and expectations for the future using a fi ve year cash fl ow period.

(b)  Residual value

Residual value is calculated using a perpetuity growth formula based on the cash fl ow forecast using a weighted average cost 
of capital (after tax) and forecast growth rate.

(c)  Forecast growth rates

Forecast growth rates are based on past performance and management’s expectations for future performance in each segment.

(d)  Discount rates

A weighted average cost of capital (after tax) of between 9% and 11% was used by the Group in impairment testing, 
risk adjusted where applicable.

15.  Other Assets

Non-current 

Prepaid casino tax at cost 

Accumulated amortisation 

Other prepayments 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 100,800  

 100,800 

(37,899)  

 62,901  

(35,164) 

 65,636 

 3,424  

 – 

 66,325  

 65,636 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

16.  Trade and Other Payables

Current – unsecured 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred Income 

Non-current – unsecured 

Other 

17.  Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings

Current – unsecured 

Bank Loans – unsecured 

Capital Markets Debt – unsecured 

Derivatives 

Non-current – unsecured 

Bank Loans – unsecured 

Capital Markets Debt – unsecured 

Fair Value Disclosures

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

237,207  

 291,273 

 682  

 1,010 

 237,889  

 292,283 

 –  

 –  

 67 

 67 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 19,752  

 20,000 

 –  

 –  

 114,600 

 636 

 19,752  

 135,236 

 688,401  

 300,000 

 361,306  

 412,758 

 1,049,707  

 712,758 

Details of the fair value disclosures of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities are set out in note 35.

Financial Risk Management

Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency changes is provided in note 35.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.  Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings  continued

Financing and Credit Facilities

Unsecured credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Crown Group as follows: 

Facility Type 

Bank Facilities

Facility 
Amount 
$’000 

Drawn 

Letters of 
Amount  Credit Issued 
$’000 

$’000 

Available 
$’000 

Expiry
Dates

Bilateral Multi Option Facility (1) 

 70,000  

 20,000  

 17,728  

 32,272  

 October 2011 

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Syndicated Revolving Facility 

 750,000  

 –  

Syndicated Revolving and Term Loan Facility 

 600,000  

 505,000  

 64,642  

 58,401  

GBP Bilateral Facilities 

Letter of Credit Facility 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 750,000  

 2015 – 2016 

 95,000  

 June 2013 

 6,241   December 2012 

 185,000  

 –  

 185,000  

 –  

 June 2021 

Australian Dollar Bilateral Facilities 

 200,000  

 125,000  

 –  

 75,000  

 July 2013 

 1,869,642  

 708,401  

 202,728  

 958,513  

Debt Capital Markets 

Euro Medium Term Note 

US Private Placement 

 174,634  

 174,634  

 186,672  

 186,672  

 361,306  

 361,306  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 July 2036 

 2015 – 2020 

 –  

 –  

 –  

Total at 30 June 2011 

 2,230,948  

 1,069,707  

 202,728  

 958,513  

Total at 30 June 2010 

 2,356,022  

 847,358  

 222,471  

 1,286,193  

(1)   The $20.0 million Bilateral Multi Option Facility has been drawn on a discounted basis. The discounted amount ($19.8 million) is disclosed 

as an interest bearing loan in the Statement of Financial Position.

The bank facilities are provided on an unsecured basis by domestic and international banks. 

The debt capital markets drawn amounts represent unsecured notes issued to international debt investors.

Crown is able to make advances and issue letters of credit under the letter of credit facility, syndicated facilities and the bilateral 
facilities which are multi option in nature. 

Each of the above mentioned facilities is supported by a Group guarantee from Crown and certain of its subsidiaries and impose 
various affi rmative covenants on Crown, including compliance with certain fi nancial ratios and negative covenants, including 
restrictions on encumbrances, and customary events of default, including a payment default, breach of covenants, 
cross-default and insolvency events.

During the current and prior year, there were no defaults or breaches on any of the loans or borrowings.

Refer to note 24(b) for a summary of Crown’s overdraft facilities.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

18.  Provisions

Employee
Entitlements 
$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total
$’000

 107,633  

 21,024  

 128,657 

 79,703  

(72,113)  

 5,932  

(11,563)  

 85,635 

(83,676) 

 115,223  

 15,393  

 130,616 

 91,888  

 23,335  

 11,029  

 102,917 

 4,364  

 27,699 

 115,223  

 15,393  

 130,616 

 98,296  

 9,337  

 15,024  

 113,320 

 6,000  

 15,337 

 107,633  

 21,024  

 128,657 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 2,276  

 2,276  

 10,970  

63,255  

 74,225  

 – 

 – 

 17,100 

 23,500 

 40,600 

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

At 1 July 2010 

Arising during the year 

Utilised during the year 

At 30 June 2011 

Current 2011 

Non-current 2011 

At 30 June 2011 

Current 2010 

Non-current 2010 

At 30 June 2010 

19.  Other Financial Liabilities

Current 

Payables on forward exchange contracts 

Non-current 

Payables on interest rate swaps 

Payables on cross currency swaps 

Other fi nancial liabilities are outlined in note 35.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
20.  Contributed Equity

N
o
t
e
s

Issued share capital 

Ordinary shares fully paid 

Movements in issued share capital 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

ESP proceeds 

Transfer from employee equity benefi ts reserve 

Carrying amount at the end of the fi nancial year 

Issued share capital 

Ordinary shares fully paid 

Movements in issued share capital 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Shares issued 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

Terms and Conditions of Contributed Equity

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

 645,475  

 638,690 

 638,690  

 634,364 

 6,785  

 –  

 2,893 

 1,433 

 645,475  

 638,690 

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2011 
No. 

2010
No.

 758,394,185    758,394,185 

 758,394,185    758,394,185 

 –  

 – 

 758,394,185    758,394,185 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding-up of the Company in proportion 
to the number of shares held.

The voting rights attaching to ordinary shares provide that each ordinary shareholder present in person or by proxy or attorney 
or being a corporation present by representative at a meeting shall have:

(a)  on a show of hands, one vote only;

(b)  on a poll, one vote for every fully paid ordinary share held.

Capital Management

When managing capital, the Group’s objective is to maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefi ts for other stakeholders. 
The Group also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity.

During 2011, the Group paid dividends of $280.6 million. The Group’s dividend policy going forward is to pay the higher of 37 cents 
per share or 65% of normalised full year NPAT (excluding profi ts from associates), subject to the Group’s fi nancial position.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

21.  Reserves and Retained Earnings

Foreign currency translation reserve 

Employee equity benefi ts reserve 

Net unrealised gains reserve 

Cash fl ow hedge reserve 

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve 

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising 
from the translation of the fi nancial statements of foreign operations. 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Net exchange difference on translation of foreign operations 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year  

Employee Equity Benefi ts Reserve 

The employee equity benefi ts reserve is used to record share based remuneration obligations 
to executives in relation to ordinary shares. 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year  

Charged to the income statement  

Transfer to contributed equity 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year  

Net Unrealised Gains Reserve 

The net unrealised gains reserve records the movement from changes in investments 
and associates equity. 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year  

Change in net unrealised gains reserve 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year  

Cash Flow Hedge Reserve 

The cash fl ow hedge reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging 
instrument in a cash fl ow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge. 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Movement in interest rate swaps 

Movement in cross currency swaps 

Movement in forward exchange contracts 

Transfer to statement of fi nancial position / statement of comprehensive income 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year  

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

(363,804)  

(157,888) 

 13,010  

 11,327 

 629,032  

 628,532 

(52,450)  

(33,220) 

 225,788  

 448,751 

(157,888)  

(205,916)  

(94,107) 

(63,781) 

(363,804)  

(157,888) 

 11,327  

 1,683  

 –  

 9,392 

 3,368 

(1,433) 

 13,010  

 11,327 

 628,532  

 632,593 

 500  

(4,061) 

 629,032  

 628,532 

(33,220)  

(63,900) 

 6,130  

 1,200 

(39,755)  

 14,800 

 14,395  

 –  

 7,380 

 7,300 

(52,450)  

(33,220) 

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21.  Reserves and Retained Earnings  continued

N
o
t
e
s

Retained Earnings 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Net profi t after tax 

Total available for appropriation 

Dividends provided for or paid 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year  

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

 2,331,864  

 2,317,988 

 335,855  

 292,293 

 2,667,719  

 2,610,281 

(278,622)  

(278,417) 

 2,389,097  

 2,331,864 

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

22.  Business Combinations

Acquisition of Aspinall’s Club Limited (ACL)

On 6 May 2011, Crown Limited acquired ACL (the owner and operator of the Aspinall’s Club in London) from the Aspers Group 
(a 50:50 joint venture between Crown and the Aspinall family). The consideration transferred was $58.9 million (£38.1 million). 
The transaction resulted in Crown Limited owning 100% of the shares in ACL.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The initial accounting for the business combination requires the identifi cation of fair values to be assigned to ACL’s identifi able 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Due to the acquisition occurring close to the reporting date, the fair values assigned 
to ACL’s assets are provisional. Therefore the initial accounting for the business combination is provisional. In accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards, Crown Limited will recognise any adjustments to these provisional values as a result 
of completing the initial accounting within 12 months of the acquisition date.

Based on the provisional fair values, ACL’s net assets at the date of acquisition were $13.8 million, resulting in $45.2 million 
of goodwill. Key factors contributing to the $45.2 million of provisional goodwill are the synergies existing within the acquired 
business. The acquisition of ACL will enable Crown Limited to integrate the London operation more fully into its international 
VIP business and leverage the sales and marketing capability of Crown Limited’s international VIP organisation. None of the 
goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. 

The provisional fair value of the identifi able assets and liabilities of ACL as at the date of acquisition were:

  Consolidated
fair value at
acquisition date
$’000

 3,807 

 1,095 

 238 

 1,799 

13,653 

 20,592 

 6,416 

407 

 6,823 

13,769 

 45,172 

 58,941 

 58,941 

(3,807) 

 55,134 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables  

Inventories 

Prepayments 

Property, plant and equipment 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisional fair value of identifi able net assets 

Goodwill arising on acquisition  

Consideration transferred for acquisition of identifi able net assets 

Net Cash Flow – Acquisition of subsidiary 

Cash Paid 

Cash Acquired 

Net Cash Flow – Acquisition of subsidiary 

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

23.  Expenditure Commitments

(a)  Capital expenditure commitments

Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date, but not provided for:

Payable within one year 

Payable after one year but not more than fi ve years 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 325,630  

 191,137 

 64,494  

 88,743 

 390,124  

 279,880 

At 30 June 2011, the Group has capital expenditure commitments principally relating to funding various projects at Burswood 
and Crown Melbourne.

(b)  Non-cancellable operating lease commitments

Payable within one year 

Payable after one year but not more than fi ve years 

Payable more than fi ve years 

2011 
$’000 

 1,924  

 2,475 

16,959  

21,358 

2010
$’000

1,036 

 2,356

1,004

4,396

The Group has entered into non-cancellable operating leases. The leases vary in contract period depending on the asset involved 
but generally have an average lease term of approximately 12 years (2010: 4 years). The increase in the average lease term refl ects 
the inclusion of Aspinall’s Club’s operating leases at the end of the current period. Operating leases include telecommunications 
rental agreements and leases on assets including motor vehicles, land and buildings and items of plant and equipment. Renewal 
terms are included in certain contracts, whereby renewal is at the option of the specifi c entity that holds the lease. On renewal, 
the terms of the leases are usually renegotiated. There are no restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases.

In addition, in 1993 Crown Melbourne entered into a ninety-nine year lease agreement for the site upon which Crown Melbourne 
Entertainment complex is located. For years one to forty inclusive the annual rent payable by the parent entity is one dollar 
per annum. For years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive the annual rent payable will be the then current market rent for the site. 
The aggregate lease expenditure contracted for at balance date but not provided for which is disclosed in this report does not 
include an estimate for the rent payable for years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive due to the uncertainty of these amounts. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

24.  Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

(a)  Cash balance represents:

(cid:129)  cash on hand and at bank 

(cid:129)  deposits at call 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 165,919  

 178,395 

 17,780  

 18,000 

 183,699  

 196,395 

The above closing cash balances includes $130.3 million (2010: $126.7 million) of cash on the company’s premises 
and cash held in bank accounts (including deposits on call) needed to run the day to day operations of the businesses.

(b)   Reconciliation of the profi t/(loss) after tax to the net cash fl ows 

from operating activities

Profi t after tax 

Depreciation and amortisation: 

(cid:129)  property, plant and equipment 

(cid:129)  intangibles 

(Profi t)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Unrealised foreign exchange loss 

Share of associates’ net (profi t) / loss 

Executive Share Plan expense 

Net (gain)/loss on total return swaps 

Changes in assets and liabilities: 

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 

Increase/(decrease) in doubtful debts 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments 

(Increase)/decrease in deferred income tax asset 

(Increase)/decrease in other assets 

(Decrease)/increase in payables 

(Decrease)/increase in current income tax liability 

(Decrease)/increase in provisions 

(Decrease)/increase in deferred income tax liability 

Net cash fl ows from operating activities 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 335,855  

 292,293 

 175,567  

 144,137 

 20,036  

(403)  

 4,015  

 18,981 

(10,455) 

 169 

(32,366)  

 69,457 

 1,683  

(7,775)  

 3,368 

 – 

(10,137)  

(40,768) 

 8,417  

(1,504)  

(6,550)  

 2,350  

 5  

(1,254) 

(2,826) 

 139 

 29,057 

(4,503) 

(51,229)  

 33,172 

 5,908  

288  

 6,809  

(4,025) 

(31,417) 

(28,068) 

 450,969  

 467,457 

Bank Overdraft Facilities

The consolidated entity has bank overdraft facilities available as follows:

Bank 

ANZ Banking Group Limited 

Citibank NA 

There were no drawn down amounts at 30 June 2011.

2011 

2010

A$20 million 

A$10 million

  US$10 million  US$10 million 

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

25.  Events After the Reporting Period

Subsequent to 30 June 2011, the directors of Crown announced a fi nal dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year ending 
30 June 2011. The total amount of the dividend is $144.1 million, which represents a dividend of 19 cents per share franked at 
50%. The dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June 2011 fi nancial statements.

On 11 May 2011, Crown announced the acquisition of the Holiday Inn hotel building and associated assets in Perth together 
with the termination of Burswood’s partnership with the Intercontinental Hotel Group (IHG) pursuant to which both the Holiday Inn 
hotel and the Intercontinental Hotel at Burswood were operated. The cost of these transactions was approximately $79 million. 
Settlement of the transactions occurred on 1 July 2011 and Burswood now operates both the Holiday Inn Burswood hotel and 
the Intercontinental Burswood hotel under a licence agreement with IHG.

On 26 August 2011, Crown announced its intention to conduct an on market share buy-back of up to 30,000,000 of its ordinary 
shares. This number represents approximately 4% of Crown shares on issue at balance date.

26.  Executive Share Plan

Crown operates an Executive Share Plan (ESP) which was approved at the 1994 PBL Annual General Meeting. No ESP shares 
were issued to executives in the current fi nancial year.

Crown ESP shares are subject to a performance condition, requiring a 7% compound annual growth in the Crown share price 
in order for the relevant portion of shares to vest and be released from restrictions under the ESP.

At 30 June 2011, 25 ESP participants held 4,952,807 Crown ESP shares or 0.65% percent of Crown’s issued capital.

Shares at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Forfeited 

Shares on issue at the end of the fi nancial year 

Loans to executives at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Loans repaid and satisfi ed during the year 

Loans to executives at year end 

Methodology 

2011 
No. 

2010
No.

 5,748,815  

 6,073,815

(796,008)  

(325,000)

 4,952,807  

 5,748,815

 $66,559,688    $70,258,313

($8,833,613) 

($3,698,625)

 $57,726,075    $66,559,688

In accordance with Australian Accounting Standards the ESP shares are accounted for as share based payments (see note 1(t)) 
and as such the loan values are not recorded in Crown’s Statement of Financial Position until they become due.

The value that forms the basis was established at the time each ESP share was granted. As ESP shares were issued prior 
to the demerger the valuation was performed using assumptions relevant to PBL before demerger.

External valuers have used a Monte Carlo simulation model combined with a Black Scholes option pricing model to value the 
ESP this year. The value per share granted for each allotment incorporates the share price growth performance conditions.

The Monte Carlo simulation is a technique used to simulate future TSRs. The assumptions that underpin Black Scholes are 
used in a Monte Carlo simulation. The key assumptions are:
 (cid:129) Share price movement conforms to a lognormal distribution;
 (cid:129) Market effi ciency; and 
 (cid:129) Risk neutral valuation.

Using an estimate of the future standard deviation (volatility) of returns and the risk neutral valuation assumption (allowing the 
use of the risk free interest rate), the share price return distribution of a company at a future date is estimated. The Monte Carlo 
simulation technique simulates possible share price returns conforming to that distribution. At each simulation, the share price 
is also simulated, meaning an equity instrument can be valued at that date.

The share price simulated at one vesting date is used to simulate the share price at the next vesting date. If the target was not 
met at the earlier date, the unvested portion is carried to the next vesting date in the simulation.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

26.  Executive Share Plan  continued

Non transferability of the plans

During the period from grant date to vesting, executives cannot sell their plan rights. However, no adjustment is made to the 
fair values for this, as non-transferability is due to the executive having not yet earned the right to the plan (through the provision 
of their services), rather than a restriction on the underlying value of the plan rights. 

After vesting, the holders have until expiry to “exercise” the plan. Since the plan rights are not transferable, liquidity can only be 
obtained by exercising the plan rights and selling the underlying shares. In the case of the ESP, given the seniority of the holders 
and the benefi t of the limited recourse feature, it is assumed the ESP will be held until expiry.

Dilution

When an investor exercises an exchange traded option, there is no change in either the company’s assets or the number of 
shares outstanding. However, when a company issued option is exercised, the number of shares outstanding will increase and 
the underlying assets of the company will be increased by the amount of the exercise proceeds. Any dilution of the share price 
of Crown which might arise on the issue of new shares following exercise of the ESP would be immaterial, given the number 
of existing shares on issue. Accordingly, no adjustment to the value of the ESP has been made for potential dilution.

Other assumptions applied by external valuer
 (cid:129) PBL’s share price was the loan amount per share as advised by Crown to the external valuer at the grant date for the ESP;

 (cid:129) The risk free rate is the yield on an Australian Government Bond with a life similar to the expected life at the valuation date;

 (cid:129) Expected volatility was based on PBL’s historical share price movement preceding the valuation date and the implied volatility 

on exchanged traded options; and

 (cid:129) The dividend yield was calculated based on the consensus broker EPS forecast divided by PBL’s share price.

New Long Term Incentive Plan (Crown LTI)

Crown has now established a new LTI. The Crown LTI was designed as a successor long term incentive to the Employee Share 
Plan which is in run off mode. The Crown LTI has been made available to selected senior executives with effect from 1 July 2010. 
The Crown LTI rewards relevant senior executives for achieving certain earnings per share targets over the four year period from 
1 July 2010 to 30 June 2014. Further detail regarding the operation of the Crown LTI and the Senior Executives (or KMPs) who 
participate in the Crown LTI can be found in the Remuneration Report.

27.  Contingent Liabilities and Related Matters

(a)   The Group has made guarantees in relation to commitments of certain of its 

associated entities 

(b)   The Group has made certain guarantees regarding contractual, performance 

and other commitments 

Total unsecured contingent liabilities 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 –  

 22,371 

17,728  

 17,728  

 15,100 

 37,471 

The probability of having to meet these contingent liabilities is unlikely, and therefore it is not practicable to disclose an indication 
of the uncertainties relating to each amount or the timing of any outfl ows.

Legal Actions 

Entities within the group are defendants from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of their business. 
The group does not consider that the outcome of any proceedings ongoing at balance date, either individually or in aggregate, 
is likely to have a material effect on its fi nancial position. Where appropriate, provisions have been made.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
28.  Auditors’ Remuneration

N
o
t
e
s

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by Ernst & Young (Australia) for: 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

Auditing the accounts 

Taxation services: 

(cid:129)  Pre demerger matters 

(cid:129)  Current matters 

Other services: 

(cid:129)  Assurance related 

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by other member fi rms of Ernst & Young 
International for: 

Auditing the accounts 

Other services: 

(cid:129)  Taxation services 

(cid:129)  Consulting services 

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by non Ernst & Young audit fi rms for: 

Auditing services 

29.  Earnings Per Share (EPS)

817  

 833 

 1,546  

 1,936  

 1,254 

 1,523 

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 –  

 24 

 30  

 23 

 321  

 44  

 537 

 – 

 4,694  

 4,194 

 71  

 271

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

The following refl ects the income and share data used in the calculations 
of basic and diluted EPS: 

Net profi t / (loss) after tax used in calculating basic and diluted EPS 

335,855  

 292,293 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic and diluted EPS (‘000)    

758,394  

 758,394 

There are no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would signifi cantly change the number 
of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these 
fi nancial statements.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

30.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures

(a)  Details of key management personnel

(i)  Directors

James D Packer 

Executive Chairman

John H Alexander  

Executive Deputy Chairman

Benjamin A Brazil   

Non Executive Director

Christopher D Corrigan 

Non Executive Director 

Rowen B Craigie   

Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director

Rowena Danziger   

Non Executive Director

Geoffrey J Dixon 

Non Executive Director 

David L B Gyngell  

Non Executive Director (appointed 13 September 2010, resigned 25 November 2010)

John S Horvath 

Non Executive Director (appointed 9 September 2010)

Ashok Jacob 

Non Executive Director

Michael R Johnston 

Non Executive Director 

Harold C Mitchell   

Non Executive Director (appointed 10 February 2011)

Richard W Turner   

Non Executive Director (resigned 1 May 2011)

(ii)  Executives

Kenneth M Barton  

Chief Financial Offi cer – Crown Limited

David G Courtney   

Chief Executive Offi cer – Crown Melbourne Limited (until 8 October 2010)

Barry J Felstead 

Chief Executive Offi cer – Burswood Limited 

Greg Hawkins 

Deputy Chief Executive Offi cer – Crown Melbourne Limited (from 6 December 2010)

W Todd Nisbet 

Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development (from 9 August 2010)

(b)  Remuneration of key management personnel

Total remuneration for key management personnel for the Group and Parent Entity during the fi nancial year are set out below:

Remuneration by category 

Short term benefi ts 

Post employment benefi ts 

Termination benefi ts 

Long term incentives 

Further details are contained in the Remuneration Report.

2011 
$ 

2010
$

12,575,741 

 10,086,392 

112,395 

 90,075 

3,790,845  

 1,435,000 

8,376,147 

 4,874,383 

24,855,128 

 16,485,850 

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

30.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures  continued

(c)  Shareholdings of key management personnel

Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)
30 June 2011

Directors 
(including directors who left the Board during the year) 

Balance 
  1 July 2010 

Issued under 
Executive 
Share Plan 

Other 
Net 
Change 

Balance
30 June
2011

   303,505,290  

 –  

 22,623,954    326,129,244 

 506,047  

2,341,102  

 30,896  

 –  

 19,373  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 506,047 

 2,341,102 

 30,896 

 114,887  

 114,887 

 –  

 19,373 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

Balance 
  1 July 2010 

Issued under 
Executive 
Share Plan 

Other 
Net 
Change 

Balance
30 June
 2011

 700,377  

 234,110  

 –  

 –  

 (56,575)  

643,802 

 –  

 234,110 

James D Packer (1) 

John H Alexander 

Rowen B Craigie (2) 

Rowena Danziger 

Harold C Mitchell (3) 

Richard W Turner (4) 

Executives 

David G Courtney (1) 

Barry J Felstead (2) 

(1)  Change is a result of an on market trade.

(2)  All of these shares are ESP shares.

(3)  Appointed 10 February 2011.

(4)  Resigned 1 May 2011.

The Company does not have any options on issue.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

30.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures  continued

(c)  Shareholdings of key management personnel  continued

Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)
30 June 2010

Directors 
(including directors who left the Board during the year) 

Balance 
  1 July 2009 

Issued under 
Executive 
Share Plan 

Other 
Net 
Change 

Balance
30 June
2010

   280,753,465  

 607,680  

 2,341,102  

 30,896  

 137,250  

 29,373  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 22,751,825    303,505,290 

(101,633)  

 506,047 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 2,341,102 

 30,896 

 137,250 

(10,000)  

 19,373 

Balance 
  1 July 2009 

Issued under 
Executive 
Share Plan 

Other 
Net 
Change 

Balance
30 June
 2010

 264,383  

 700,377  

 234,110  

 –  

 –  

 –  

(1,010)  

 263,373 

 –  

 –  

 700,377 

 234,110 

James D Packer (1) 

John H Alexander (2) 

Rowen B Craigie (3) 

Rowena Danziger 

David H Lowy (4) 

Richard W Turner (1) 

Executives 

Robert F E Turner (1) 

David G Courtney 

Barry J Felstead (3) 

(1)  Change is a result of an on market trade.

(2)  Change is a result of an off market trade.

(3)  All of these shares are ESP shares.

(4)  Resigned 22 June 2010.

The Company does not have any options on issue.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

31.  Related Party Disclosures

(a)  Parent entity

Crown Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group.

(b)  Controlled entities, associates and joint ventures

Interests in signifi cant controlled entities are set out in note 32.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are set out in note 10.

(c)  Entity with signifi cant infl uence over the Group

At balance date Consolidated Press Holdings Group (“CPH”), a group related to Mr James Packer, holds 43.00% 
(2010: 40.02%) of the Company’s fully paid ordinary shares.

(d)  Director related entities

Consolidated Media Holdings (“CMH”) is an entity classifi ed as a related party due to Crown and CMH having a number 
of common directors. 

(e)  Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 30, and in the Remuneration Report.

(f)  Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

Sales to and purchases from related parties are made in arms length transactions both at normal market prices and on normal 
commercial terms, unless otherwise stated. 

(g)  Transactions with related parties

The continuing operations have had the following transactions with related parties:

(i)  Director related entities and entities with signifi cant infl uence over the Group 

CPH provided corporate secretarial and administrative services to Crown and its controlled entities of $0.2 million during the year 
(2010: $0.2 million). In addition CPH paid costs on behalf of Crown to third parties totalling $1.3 million during the year (2010: 
$0.5 million). At 30 June 2011 there were no amounts owing to CPH (2010: $nil). 

Crown and its controlled entities provided CPH with hotel and banqueting services of $39,000 during the year (2010: $32,000). 

Crown and CMH jointly engaged certain legal and other advisers in relation to certain matters arising prior to the PBL demerger. 
Costs of these advisers are shared in a manner consistent with Section 14 of the PBL Scheme Booklet, generally Crown – 75% 
and CMH – 25%. Similarly, payments in relation to liabilities arising from activities prior to the PBL demerger were shared on the 
same basis. At 30 June 2011 $0.1 million (2010: $0.1 million) was owing to CMH in relation to pre-demerger matters. 

(ii)  Associates 

Crown acquired additional equity in Melco Crown from Melco Crown SPV Limited for an amount of $15.1 million (2010: $nil).

Interest charged on loans previously advanced to Melco Crown was $0.1 million for the year (2010: $0.1 million). Crown 
provided Melco Crown IT and related services of $0.6 million (2010: $0.7 million) at cost during the year. Amounts receivable 
from Melco Crown at 30 June 2011 in relation to all charges made were $0.1 million (2010: $0.5 million). 

Melco Crown provided $40,000 (2010: $6,000) in Hotel and other services to Crown during the year. In addition Melco Crown 
paid costs of $0.1 million (2010: $0.1 million) on behalf of Crown during the year which has subsequently been reimbursed in full.

Crown provided additional loans of $51.2 million (2010: $nil) to Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd during the year. Aspers made loan 
repayments of $28.1 million (2010: $nil) to Crown during the year. Interest charged on loans advanced to Aspers was $5.8 million 
for the year (2010: $0.7 million). In addition Aspers paid costs of $20,000 (2010: $1.2 million) on behalf of Crown during the year. 
At 30 June 2011 there were no amounts owing to Aspers (2010: $nil).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

119

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

31.  Related Party Disclosures  continued

(g)  Transactions with related parties  continued

(ii)  Associates continued

Crown paid costs of $0.3 million (2010: $0.3 million) on behalf of Gateway during the year which has subsequently been 
reimbursed as at 30 June 2011. Gateway did not pay any costs on behalf of Crown during the year (2010: $48,000). 
At 30 June 2011 there were no amounts owing to Gateway (2010: $nil).

Crown made no further loans to Betfair during the year (2010: $4.0 million). The loan balance with Betfair at 30 June 2011 
was $11.7 million (2010: $11.7 million). No interest is payable on the loan. Crown provided Betfair Hotel and Banqueting 
services of $40,000 (2010: $28,000) during the year. 

For the year ended 30 June 2011, the Group has not made any allowance for doubtful debts relating to amounts owed 
by related parties as there have been no default of payment terms and conditions (2010: $nil). 

An impairment assessment is undertaken each fi nancial year by examining the fi nancial position of the related party and the 
market in which the related party operates to determine whether there is objective evidence that a related party receivable 
is impaired. When such objective evidence exists, the Group recognises an allowance for the impairment loss. During the 
fi nancial year Crown has assessed there is no impairment to related party receivables. 

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

120

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

32.  Investment in Controlled Entities 

The consolidated fi nancial statements include the fi nancial statements of Crown Limited and its controlled entities. 
Signifi cant controlled entities and those included in a class order with the parent entity are:

 Place of 
Incorporation 
/Residence 

Footnote 

2011 

2010 

Crown Limited 
Artra Pty Ltd 
Aspinall’s Club Limited 
Burswood Limited 
Burswood Nominees Ltd 
Burswood Resort (Management) Ltd 
Crown Asia Investments Limited 
Crown Capital Golf Pty Ltd 
Crown Cyprus Limited 
Crown CCR Group Holdings One Pty Ltd 
Crown CCR Group Holdings Two Pty Ltd 
Crown CCR Group Holdings General Partnership 
Crown CCR Group Investments One LLC 
Crown CCR Group Investments Two LLC 
Crown CCR Holdings LLC 
Crown CPS Holdings Pty Ltd 
Crown Entertainment Group Holdings Pty Ltd 
Crown Gateway Luxembourg Sarl 
Crown Group Finance Limited 
Crown Group Securities Ltd 
Crown Management Holdings Pty Ltd 
Crown Management Pty Ltd 
Crown Melbourne Limited 
Crown North America Holdings One Pty Ltd 
Crown North America Investments LLC 
Crown Overseas Investments Pty Ltd 
Crown Services (US) LLC 
Crown UK Investments Ltd 
Crown (Western Australia) Pty Ltd 
Flienn Pty Ltd 
Jade West Entertainment Pty Ltd 
Jemtex Pty Ltd 
Nine Television (Netherlands Antilles) Pty Ltd 
PBL (CI) Finance Limited 
Pennwin Pty Ltd 
Publishing and Broadcasting (Finance) Ltd 
Publishing and Broadcasting International Holdings Ltd 
Renga Pty Ltd 

A 
A 
A 
A 

A 

A 
A  

A  
A  
A 
A 
A 

A 

A  
A  
A  
A  

A  

A  

Australia 
Australia 
  United Kingdom 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 
Australia 
Australia 
Luxembourg 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
USA 
Australia 
USA 
  United Kingdom 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
  Cayman Islands 
Australia 
Australia 
Bahamas 
Australia 

A 
A 
A 

A 

A 

A 
A 

A 
A 
A 
A 

A 

A 

Benefi cial Interest
Held by the
Consolidated Entity(1)

2011 
% 

2010
%

Parent Entity

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

(1)  The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

A  These controlled entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the parent entity under ASIC Class Order 98/1418 – 

the “Closed Group” (refer note 33).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

33.  Deed of Cross Guarantee

Certain controlled entities of Crown Limited, as detailed in note 32, are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which 
each company guarantees the debts of the others.

By entering into the deed, pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain controlled entities of Crown have been granted 
relief from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and publication of accounts.

The consolidated income statement and balance sheet of the entities which are members of the “Closed Group” 
are detailed below.

Consolidated income statement 

Profi t / (loss) before income tax 

Income tax (expense) / benefi t  

Net profi t / (loss) after income tax 

Retained earnings / (accumulated losses) at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Retained earnings of entities entering Closed Group 

Dividends provided for or paid 

Retained earnings / (accumulated losses) at the end of the fi nancial year 

Closed Group 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 1,205,637  

(311,533) 

(45,514)  

 55,437 

1,160,123  

(256,096) 

(2,286,505)  

(1,751,991) 

 1,182,822  

 – 

(278,622)  

(278,418) 

(222,182)  

(2,286,505) 

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
33.  Deed of Cross Guarantee  continued

N
o
t
e
s

Consolidated balance sheet 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Receivables 

Other fi nancial assets 

Investment in associates 

Property, plant and equipment 

Licences 

Other intangible assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Other assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Income tax payable 

Provisions 

Other fi nancial liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Deferred tax liability 

Provisions 

Other fi nancial liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

Retained earnings 

Total equity 

Closed Group 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

 167,574  

 114,614 

 122,562  

 54,963 

 17,834  

 18,798  

 2,840 

 9,102 

 326,768  

 181,519 

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 1,259,496  

 2,053,674 

 2,390,577  

 10,044,040 

 851,721  

 6,158 

 2,501,567  

 609,328 

 555,426  

 420,426 

 169,165  

 95,824  

 62,901  

 11,892 

 68,938 

 – 

 7,886,677  

 13,214,456 

 8,213,445  

 13,395,975 

 221,204  

 95,244 

 19,752  

 135,236 

 38,997  

 100,154  

 2,276  

 33,727 

 50,031 

 – 

 382,383  

 314,238 

 2,657,007  

 5,210,800 

 138,864  

 27,699  

 74,225  

 11,317 

 9,654 

 42,696 

2,897,795  

 5,274,467 

 3,280,178  

 5,588,705 

 4,933,267  

 7,807,270 

 5,447,104  

 9,680,318 

(291,655)  

 413,457 

(222,182)  

(2,286,505) 

 4,933,267  

 7,807,270 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

34.  Parent Entity Disclosures

Results of the parent entity 

Profi t after tax for the period 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Financial position of the parent entity 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total equity of the parent entity comprising of: 

Issued capital 

Employee equity benefi ts reserve 

Accumulated losses 

Total equity 

Contingent liabilities

Crown Limited 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 280,287  

 278,328 

 –  

 – 

 280,287  

 278,328 

 1  

 – 

 9,482,802  

 9,335,949 

 9,482,803  

 9,335,949 

 39,073  

 33,727 

 2,451,880  

 2,320,504 

 2,490,953  

 2,354,231 

 10,125,916  

 10,119,131 

 13,010  

 11,327 

(3,147,076)  

(3,148,740) 

 6,991,850  

 6,981,718 

There are no contingent liabilities for the parent entity at 30 June 2011 (2010: $nil).

Capital expenditure

The parent entity does not have any capital expenditure commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
contracted but not provided for at 30 June 2011 (2010: $nil).

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the effect that the Company guarantees debts in respect 
of its subsidiaries. Further details of the deed of cross guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are set out in 
notes 32 and 33.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies

The Group’s principle fi nancial instruments comprise receivables, payables, bank loans and capital market debt, investments, 
cash and short term deposits and derivatives.

The Group’s business activities expose it to the following risks; market risks (interest rate and foreign exchange), credit risk 
and liquidity risk. For each of these risks, the Group considers the counterparties, geographical area, currency and markets 
as applicable to determine whether there are concentrations of risk. Other than as described in this note, the Treasury Group 
is satisfi ed that there are no material concentrations of risk.

The Group has policies in place to manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. Policies include monitoring the level 
of interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange rates. 
Ageing analysis of and monitoring of exposures to counterparties are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity risk is monitored 
through the employment of rolling cash fl ow forecasts.

Financial risk management is carried out by the Treasury Group under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Treasury 
Group identifi es, evaluates and hedges fi nancial risks in accordance with approved polices. The Board are informed on a regular 
basis of Treasury’s risk management activities.

(a)  Market Risk

(i)  Interest rate risk – cash fl ow

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and long term debt 
obligations as outlined in note 17.

At balance date, the Group had the following mix of fi nancial assets and liabilities exposed to variable interest rates that are 
not designated as cash fl ow hedges.

Financial assets 

AUD cash on hand and at bank 

AUD deposits at call 

GBP cash on hand and at bank 

USD cash on hand and at bank 

Total fi nancial assets 

Financial liabilities

AUD bank loans 

GBP bank loans 

Total fi nancial liabilities 

Net exposure 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 42,402  

 17,780  

 10,980  

 17  

 78,321 

 18,000 

 – 

 167 

 71,179  

 96,488 

 349,756  

 20,000 

 58,401  

 408,157  

(336,978)  

 – 

 20,000 

 76,488 

As at balance date, the Group maintained fl oating rate borrowings of $408.2 million (2010: $20.0 million) that were not 
hedged by interest rate swaps. The associated interest rate risk is partially mitigated by total fi nancial assets of $71.2 million 
(2010: $96.5 million). Under the bank loans, for AUD facilities, the Group pays the Bank Bill Swap rate (BBSW) plus a margin 
of between 150 and 220 basis points, whilst for GBP facilities, the Group pays LIBOR plus a margin of 220 basis points. 

Of the AUD cash on hand and at bank $42.4 million is interest bearing and is invested at approximately BBSW. Deposits 
at call of $17.8 million are invested at approximately BBSW. The Group maintains cash and cash equivalents on hand 
of $112.5 million for operational purposes and is non interest bearing (2010: $99.9 million). 

As at balance date, the Group maintained no fl oating rate borrowings in USD (2010: $nil) and had minimal cash and cash 
equivalents (2010: $0.2 million).

As at balance date, the Group maintained fl oating rate borrowings of $58.4 million in GBP (2010: $nil) and had cash and 
cash equivalents of $11.0 million (2010: $nil) invested at the UK daily cash rate.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(a)  Market Risk  continued

(i)  Interest rate risk – cash fl ow  continued

Group Sensitivity

As a result of an increase of 150 basis points in AUD, GBP and USD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profi t for the year would 
have decreased by $3.6 million. As a result of a decrease of 150 basis points in AUD interest rates, a decrease of 25 basis points 
in USD interest rates and a decrease of 50 basis points in GBP interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profi t for the year would have 
increased by $3.2 million. 

The Group, where appropriate, uses interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long 
term fl oating rate borrowings which are subject to variable rates.

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long term 
foreign currency denominated borrowings which are subject to variable rates.

As at balance date the notional principal amounts and period of expiry of the interest rate swap contracts were as follows:

Cash fl ow hedge 

Maturity 1 – 5 years 

Maturity over 5 years 

Closing Balance 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

300,000  

 300,000 

 174,634  

 174,634 

 474,634  

 474,634

Under the interest swap contracts maturing June 2013, the Group has the right to receive fl oating rate (i.e. BBSW) quarterly and 
pay fi xed rate of 6.99% quarterly. The terms of the swap contracts are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest 
expense and as such are highly effective. The fair value of the swap at balance date was negative $11.0 million (2010: negative 
$17.1 million).

Under the cross currency swap contract (maturing July 2036), the Group has the right to receive USD interest at a fi xed rate of 
4.76% (2010: 4.76%) semi-annually and pay AUD interest at fi xed rate of 7.05% (2010: 7.05%) quarterly. The term of the cross 
currency swap contract are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as such is highly effective. 
The fair value of the swap at balance date was negative $63.3 million (2010: negative $23.5 million).

(ii)  Interest rate risk – fair value

Where appropriate, the Group enters into fi xed rate debt to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk. As the Group holds fi xed 
rate debt there is a risk that the fair value of fi nancial instruments will fl uctuate because of market movements in interest rates. 
The level of fi xed rate debt at balance date was $661.3 million (2010: $652.7 million). 

As at balance date the Group had no interest rate swaps in place to hedge fi xed rate debt issuances. 

Fair value hedge 

Maturity under 1 year 

Maturity 1 – 5 years 

Maturity over 5 years 

Closing Balance 

126

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

–  

 –  

 –  

– 

114,600 

 – 

 – 

 114,600

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

(a)  Market Risk  continued

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk

As a result of operations in the United Kingdom, the Group’s Statement of Financial Position and Income Statement can 
be affected by movements in the AUD/GBP exchange rate. 

The Group also has currency exposure as a result of capital expenditure and investments/sales in currencies other than 
the Group’s functional currency.

Treasury, on behalf of the operating units, uses forward exchange contracts to minimise the currency exposure on any 
signifi cant receivables or payables as is deemed appropriate. 

All forward exchange contracts must be in the same currency as the fi rm commitment and the Group negotiates the terms 
of the hedges to exactly match the underlying commitment to maximise hedge effectiveness. As at balance date, the Group 
had hedged 100% of its foreign currency receivables and payables that are fi rm commitments. 

As at balance date, the Group had the following foreign exchange exposures that were not designated as cash fl ow hedges:

USD Exposure 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total fi nancial assets 

Financial liabilities 

US Private Placement 

Total fi nancial liabilities 

Net exposure 

GBP Exposure 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Loans to associates 

Total fi nancial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

GBP Bilateral Facility 

Total fi nancial liabilities 

Net exposure 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 17  

 17  

 167 

 167 

 186,672  

 238,124 

 186,672  

 238,124 

(186,655)  

(237,957) 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 15,289  

 1,727  

 49,237  

 66,253  

 8,216  

 58,401  

 66,617  

 – 

 – 

 28,592 

 28,592 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(364)  

 28,592 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

(a)  Market Risk  continued

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk  continued

Group sensitivity – USD

Based on the fi nancial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of the 
AUD strengthening or weakening by 10¢ against the USD would be $15.9 million higher or $19.2 million lower (2010: $25.3 million 
higher or $32.2 million lower). 

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profi t and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 10¢ against 
the USD would not be material as at balance date (2010: not material).

Group sensitivity – GBP

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profi t and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 5¢ against 
the GBP would not be material as at balance date (2010 $1.8 million lower or $2.1 million higher).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 5¢ against 
the GBP would not be material as at balance date (2010: not material).

Foreign Exchange Contracts

The Group uses derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the currency risks arising from 
the Group’s operations and its sources of fi nance. 

Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes and not as trading or other speculative instruments. These derivatives 
qualify for hedge accounting and are based on limits set by the Board.

Cash fl ow hedges

At balance date details of outstanding contracts denominated in AUD was:

Buy USD/Sell AUD 

Maturity under 1 year 

Maturity 1– 5 years 

Buy AUD/Sell USD 

Maturity under 1 year 

Maturity 1– 5 years 

Notional Amounts 

Average Rate

2011 
$’000 

2010 
$’000 

2011 

2010

 20,128  

 19,958  

 0.9290  

 0.8912 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 – 

 – 

 91,754  

 86,467  

 0.6992  

 0.7419 

The change in fair value of cash fl ow hedges as at balance date was positive $21.8 million (2010: positive $7.4 million).

The forward exchange contracts are considered to be highly effective hedges as they are matched against known 
and committed receivables and payments and any gain or loss on the hedged risk is taken directly to equity.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

(b)  Price Risk

(i)  Equity Securities Price Risk

The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk. Equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the Group and 
classifi ed on the balance sheet as investments.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

Shares – unlisted 

Net exposure 

Group sensitivity

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2011 
$’000 

 98,658  

98,658  

2010
$’000

106,634

106,634

The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk has been estimated using valuation techniques based on the fair value of 
securities held. The sensitivity to fair value movements through equity or profi t and loss as a result of movement in value of the 
securities was not material as at balance date. 

(ii)  Commodity Price Risk

Neither the Group nor the parent entity is exposed to commodity price risk.

(iii)  Total Return Swaps Price Risk

During the year, the Group entered into a series of cash settled total return swap contracts. The Group entered into these swaps 
for the purpose of gaining exposure to Tabcorp and Echo. These swaps are marked-to-market each period as these swaps do 
not qualify for hedge accounting. As such, all unrealised gains and losses related to those swaps are recorded directly to the 
Income Statement and are classifi ed as other income/(expense). The current swaps are contracted to settle in 2011.

Total return swap derivative asset 

Net fair value 

Group sensitivity

2011 
$’000 

7,775 

7,775  

2010
$’000

–

–

The sensitivity to movement in fair value of the total return swaps on the after-tax profi t and loss of the Group as a result of the 
strengthening of the Tabcorp and Echo shares price by 10% would be an increase of $17.4 million. The sensitivity to movement 
in fair value of the total return swaps on the after-tax profi t and loss of the Group as a result of the weakening of the Tabcorp and 
Echo share price by 10% would be a reduction of $17.4 million. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

(c)  Credit Risk

Credit risk arises from the fi nancial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables 
and derivative instruments. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the potential default of the counterparty, with 
a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance date is outlined under each 
applicable note. 

The Group does not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to offset its credit exposure.

All investment and fi nancial instruments activity is with approved counterparties with investment grade ratings and is in 
accordance with approved policies. There are no signifi cant concentrations of credit risk within the Group and the aggregate 
value of transactions is spread amongst a number of fi nancial institutions to minimise the risk of default of counterparties.

Credit risk in trade receivables is managed in the following ways:

(i)  The provision of credit is covered by a risk assessment process for all customers.

(ii)  Concentrations of credit risk are minimised by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers.

(iii) The provision of cheque-cashing facilities for gaming patrons is subject to detailed policies and procedures designed to 

minimise any potential loss, including the taking up of bank opinions and the use of a central credit agency which collates 
information from major casinos around the world.

(d)  Liquidity Risk

It is the Group’s objective to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and fl exibility through the use of cash reserves, 
committed bank lines and capital markets debt in order to meet its fi nancial commitments in a timely manner.

At balance date 1.8% or $20 million of the Group’s debt will mature in less than 12 months (2010: 15.9%).

As at balance date the Group had $958 million in undrawn committed bank lines.

Maturity analysis of fi nancial assets and liabilities

The table below analyses the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash fl ows of fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities, net and 
gross settled derivative fi nancial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at balance date 
to the contractual maturity date.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

130

 
 
 
 
35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

(d)  Liquidity Risk  continued

1 year or less 

1 to 5 years  more than 5 years 

Total 

2011 
$’000 

2010 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2010 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2010 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents  

 183,699  

 196,395  

 –  

 –  

Receivables – trade  

 123,330  

 147,239  

 11,078  

 14,082  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 183,699  

 196,395 

 134,408  

 161,321 

Receivables – associates 

 426  

 13  

 71,575  

 73,784  

 48,824  

 40,292  

 120,825  

 114,089 

Total return swap contracts 

 7,775  

 –  

 –  

 –  

Forward exchange 
contracts receivable 

 17,453  

 21,177  

 91,754  

 82,913  

Interest rate swaps receivable 

 –  

 720  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 7,775  

 – 

 –  

 –  

 109,207  

 104,090 

 –  

 720 

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps receivable 

 5,787  

 7,382  

 23,148  

 29,528  

 115,740  

 155,022  

 144,675  

 191,932 

Total fi nancial assets  

 338,470  

 372,926  

 197,555  

 200,307  

 164,564  

 195,314  

 700,589  

 768,547 

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables  

 237,889  

 292,283  

Capital markets  

Bank loans 

Forward exchange 
contracts payable 

 –  

 114,600  

 –  

 –  

 67  

 –  

 –  

 237,889  

 292,350 

 –  

 361,306  

 412,758  

 361,306  

 527,358 

 19,752  

 20,000  

 688,401  

 300,000  

 20,128  

 19,958  

 59,875  

 76,378  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 708,153  

 320,000 

 –  

 –  

 80,003  

 96,336 

 11,765  

 18,667 

Interest rate swaps payable 

 5,882  

 6,222  

 5,883  

 12,445  

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps payable 

 12,312  

 12,312  

 49,248  

 49,248  

 246,240  

 258,552  

 307,800  

 320,112 

Total fi nancial liabilities  

 295,963  

 465,375  

 803,407  

 438,138  

 607,546  

 671,310   1,706,916   1,574,823 

Net maturity 

 42,507  

(92,449)  

(605,852)  

(237,831)  

(442,982)  

(475,996)  (1,006,327)  

(806,276) 

(e)  Fair value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Group’s fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities approximates the carrying value as at balance date. 

Fair value 

The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a fi nancial instrument. The methods comprise:

Level One – the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets;

Level Two –  the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level One that are observable 

for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

Level Three – the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

The fair value of the fi nancial instruments as well as the methods used to estimate the fair value are summarised in the table below.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2011

35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments  continued

 Valuation Technique

Quoted market 
price 
Level One 
$’000 

Observable  Non market
observable 
Level Three 
$’000 

inputs 
Level Two 
$’000 

Total
$’000

Year ended 30 June 2011

Financial Assets

Derivative Instruments

Receivable on total return swaps 

Receivable on forward exchange contracts 

Investments 

Shares – unlisted (Australia) 

Shares – unlisted (North America) 

Financial Liabilities 

Derivative Instruments

Payables on interest rate swaps 

Payables on cross currency swaps 

Payables on forward exchange contracts 

Year ended 30 June 2010 
Financial Assets  
Derivative Instruments 
Receivable on forward exchange contracts 

Receivable on interest rate swap 

Investments 

Shares – unlisted (Australia) 

Shares – unlisted (North America) 

Financial Liabilities 
Derivative Instruments 
Payables on interest rate swaps 

Payables on cross currency swaps 

Payables on forward exchange contracts 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 7,775  

 24,051  

 –  

 –  

 7,775 

 24,051 

 –  

 –  

 37,633  

 61,025  

 37,633 

 61,025 

 31,826  

 98,658  

 130,484 

 10,970  

 63,255  

 2,276  

 76,501  

 7,380  

 636  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 10,970 

 63,255 

 2,276 

 76,501 

 7,380 

 636 

 –  

 –  

 37,132  

 69,502  

 37,132 

 69,502 

 8,016  

 106,634  

 114,650 

 17,100  

 23,500  

 –  

 40,600  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 17,100 

 23,500 

 – 

 40,600 

There have been no transfers during the fi nancial year ended 30 June 2011.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

35.  Financial R isk Management Objectives and Policies  continued

(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments  continued

Reconciliation of Level Three fair value movements:

Opening Balance 

Other Comprehensive Income 

Purchases 

Closing Balance 

2011 
$’000 

2010
$’000

 106,634  

 86,313 

(7,976) 

(263)

 –  

 20,584 

 98,658  

 106,634 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Shareholder Information

Substantial shareholders as at 9 September 2011:

The following information is extracted from substantial shareholder notices received by Crown.

Shareholder 

Consolidated Press Holdings Limited1 

Perpetual Limited 

Janus Capital Management LLC  

Number of   % of Issued 
Capital

ordinary Shares 

326,129,244 

62,245,378 

45,500,033 

43.00

8.25

5.99

1  On 26, 29 and 30 August 2011, Cairnton Holdings Limited, an entity associated with Consolidated Press Holdings Limited, acquired 6 million 
ordinary shares. A change to Substantial Shareholder Notice was not received in respect of this acquisition representing less than 1% of the 
total number of ordinary shares on issue. As at the date of this Report, the relevant interest of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited in ordinary 
shares is 43.79%.

Holders of each class of securities

Crown only has ordinary shares on issue. The total number of ordinary shares on issue is 758,394,185 held by 
47,403 shareholders.

Voting rights of ordinary shares

Crown’s Constitution sets out the information in relation to the voting rights attached to shares. In summary, at a general meeting 
on a show of hands, every member present has one vote; and on a poll, every member present has:

(a) one vote for each fully paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote; and

(b) a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote, 
equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid on the share bears to the total amount paid and payable on the share.

Distribution of shareholders as at 9 September 2011:

Size of Holdings  

1 – 1,000  

1,001 – 5000  

5,001 – 10,000  

10,001 – 100,000  

100,001+  

Total  

Holding less than a marketable parcel  

Number of  % of Issued
Capital 

Shareholders  

31,330 

14,287 

1,160 

530 

96 

47,403 

3,361

1.65

3.93

1.05

1.55

91.82

100.00

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

134

 
 
 
The 20 largest shareholders as at 9 September 2011:

Name  

Bareage Pty Limited 

Consolidated Press Holdings Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

National Nominees Limited 

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited  

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited 

Samenic Limited 

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited  

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 

AMP Life Limited 

Cairnton Holdings Limited 

Win Television Nsw Pty Limited 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited  

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited  

Mr Rowen Bruce Craigie1 

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited  

Consolidated Press Investments Pty Ltd 

Argo Investments Limited 

Total  

Others  

1  Mr Craigie’s holding is entirely comprised of Crown ESP shares.

Details of unquoted equity securities

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

No. of Shares  

  % of Issued
Capital 

158,486,104 

153,863,935 

106,937,058 

61,638,296 

58,182,307 

25,777,553 

22,242,449 

14,743,417 

10,188,370 

8,346,015 

7,832,744 

6,358,158 

6,000,000 

5,528,845 

3,910,225 

3,305,439 

2,341,102 

2,217,072 

2,069,387 

2,054,184 

20.90

20.29

14.10

8.13

7.67

3.40

2.93

1.94

1.34

1.10

1.03

0.84

0.79

0.73

0.52

0.44

0.31

0.29

0.27

0.27

662,022,660 

96,371,525 

87.29

12.71

Crown has 3,142,202 shares on issue which are currently unquoted. These shares are held by participants in the Executive 
Share Plan (as described more fully in the Remuneration Report) and represent shares which are yet to be released from 
restriction in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

135

 
 
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED
FIN AN CIAL REPORT 2011 CONT INU ED

Additional Information

Shareholder enquiries

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Shareholders may access their details by visiting the Share Registry’s website at www.investorcentre.com. For security reasons, 
shareholders need to enter their Security holder Reference Number (SRN) or Holding Identifi cation Number (HIN) and postcode 
to access personal information. Security holding information may be updated online. Alternatively, download the relevant forms 
and have the completed forms mailed to the Share Registry. Shareholders with queries about their shareholdings should 
contact the Share Registry, Computershare Investor Services, on telephone number 1300 659 795, or if calling from 
outside Australia (61 3) 9415 4000 or by fax (61 3) 9473 2500.

Electronic shareholder communications

Receiving shareholder communications electronically, instead of by post enables you to:

 (cid:129) Receive important shareholder and company information faster
 (cid:129) Reduce your impact on the environment
 (cid:129) Securely store important shareholder documents online, reducing clutter in your home or offi ce
 (cid:129) Access all documents conveniently 24/7

Shareholders who wish to receive email alerts informing them of Annual Report, Notice of Meeting, Issuer Holding Statements, 
Payment Advices and other company related information on Crown’s website, www.crownlimited.com, may either contact 
the Share Registry or lodge such instructions online at the Share Registry’s website at www.investorcentre.com.

Change of address

Issuer sponsored shareholders should notify the Share Registry immediately in writing or by telephone upon any change in 
their address quoting their SRN. Changes in addresses for broker sponsored holders should be directed to the sponsoring 
brokers with the appropriate HIN.

Direct payment to shareholders’ accounts

Dividends may be paid directly to any bank, building society or credit union account in Australia. Payments are electronically 
credited on the dividend date with advisory confi rmation containing payment details mailed to shareholders. Shareholders 
who wish to have their dividends paid directly to their account may advise the Share Registry in writing or may update their 
payment instructions online on www.investorcentre.com prior to the dividend record date.

Tax File Numbers

Crown is obliged to deduct tax at the top marginal rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked or partially franked dividends paid 
to Australian resident shareholders who have not supplied their Tax File Number (TFN) or exemption details. If you wish to 
provide your TFN or exemption details, please contact the Share Registry.

Consolidation of multiple holdings

If you have multiple holdings which you wish to consolidate, please advise the Share Registry in writing. If your holdings 
are broker sponsored, please contact the sponsoring broker directly.

Crown website 

Crown has a dedicated corporate website, www.crownlimited.com which includes Crown’s Annual Report, disclosures 
made to the ASX and Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.

Investment Warning

All information provided in the Annual Report is provided as of the date stated or otherwise as at the date of the Report. 
The Annual Report has not taken into account any particular investor’s investment objectives or other circumstances. 
Investors are encouraged to make an independent assessment of Crown or seek independent professional advice.

136

 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Corporate Information

Directors
 (cid:129) James D Packer Executive Chairman
 (cid:129) John H Alexander BA Executive Deputy Chairman
 (cid:129) Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons) Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director
 (cid:129) Benjamin Brazil BCom, LLB
 (cid:129) Christopher D Corrigan
 (cid:129) Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE
 (cid:129) Geoffrey J Dixon
 (cid:129) John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP
 (cid:129) Ashok Jacob MBA
 (cid:129) Michael R Johnston BEc, CA
 (cid:129) Harold C Mitchell AC

Company Secretaries
 (cid:129) Michael J Neilson BA, LLB
 (cid:129) Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD

Crown’s registered offi ce and principal corporate offi ce

Level 3
Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street
Southbank VIC 3006
Australia
Phone: 

(61 3) 9292 8824

Share Registry

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Yarra Falls
452 Johnston Street
Abbotsford VIC 3067
Phone:  1300 659 795 (within Australia)

(61 3) 9415 4000 (outside Australia)
Fax: 
(61 3) 9473 2500
Website: www.computershare.com.au

Stock Exchange Listing

Crown’s ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange under the code “CWN”. 
The home exchange is Melbourne.

Website

Visit our website www.crownlimited.com for media releases and fi nancial information

Auditor

Ernst & Young

Banker

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

FSC logo 
to be stripped in 
by printer

DESIGN: COLLIER & ASSOCIATES THE STRATEGIC DESIGN COMPANY #15874

This report is printed on Monza Satin produced with 55% recycled fi bre (25% post consumer and 30% 
pre consumer) and FSC Certifi ed pulp, which ensures that all virgin pulp is derived from well-managed forests, 
and is manufactured by an ISO 14001 certifi ed mill. Monza Recycled is an FSC Mixed Source Certifi ed Paper.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2011 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

137

 
 
crownlimited.com